clang  7.0.0
Type.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1 //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 /// \file
11 /// C Language Family Type Representation
12 ///
13 /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to
14 /// represent types for languages in the C family.
15 //
16 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
17 
18 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H
19 #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H
20 
22 #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h"
24 #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
26 #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h"
32 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
33 #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
34 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
35 #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
36 #include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
37 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
40 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
41 #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
43 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
44 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
45 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
46 #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
47 #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
48 #include <cassert>
49 #include <cstddef>
50 #include <cstdint>
51 #include <cstring>
52 #include <string>
53 #include <type_traits>
54 #include <utility>
55 
56 namespace clang {
57 
58 class ExtQuals;
59 class QualType;
60 class TagDecl;
61 class Type;
62 
63 enum {
66 };
67 
68 } // namespace clang
69 
70 namespace llvm {
71 
72  template <typename T>
73  struct PointerLikeTypeTraits;
74  template<>
76  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; }
77 
79  return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P);
80  }
81 
82  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits };
83  };
84 
85  template<>
87  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; }
88 
89  static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
90  return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P);
91  }
92 
93  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits };
94  };
95 
96  template <>
97  struct isPodLike<clang::QualType> { static const bool value = true; };
98 
99 } // namespace llvm
100 
101 namespace clang {
102 
103 class ArrayType;
104 class ASTContext;
105 class AttributedType;
106 class AutoType;
107 class BuiltinType;
108 template <typename> class CanQual;
109 class ComplexType;
110 class CXXRecordDecl;
111 class DeclContext;
112 class DeducedType;
113 class EnumDecl;
114 class Expr;
115 class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase;
116 class FunctionDecl;
117 class FunctionNoProtoType;
118 class FunctionProtoType;
119 class IdentifierInfo;
120 class InjectedClassNameType;
121 class NamedDecl;
122 class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
123 class ObjCObjectPointerType;
124 class ObjCObjectType;
125 class ObjCProtocolDecl;
126 class ObjCTypeParamDecl;
127 class ParenType;
128 struct PrintingPolicy;
129 class RecordDecl;
130 class RecordType;
131 class Stmt;
132 class TagDecl;
133 class TemplateArgument;
134 class TemplateArgumentListInfo;
135 class TemplateArgumentLoc;
136 class TemplateSpecializationType;
137 class TemplateTypeParmDecl;
138 class TypedefNameDecl;
139 class TypedefType;
140 class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl;
141 
142 using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>;
143 
144  // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes
145 #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type;
146 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
147 
148 /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support.
149 /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers:
150 /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict
151 /// * MS: __unaligned
152 /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces
153 /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong)
154 class Qualifiers {
155 public:
156  enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ.
157  Const = 0x1,
158  Restrict = 0x2,
159  Volatile = 0x4,
160  CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict
161  };
162 
163  enum GC {
164  GCNone = 0,
166  Strong
167  };
168 
170  /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type.
172 
173  /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or
174  /// releases.
176 
177  /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be
178  /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the
179  /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to
180  /// immediately after the last known point where the value is
181  /// live.
183 
184  /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call.
186 
187  /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension.
188  OCL_Autoreleasing
189  };
190 
191  enum {
192  /// The maximum supported address space number.
193  /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone.
194  MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu,
195 
196  /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask.
197  FastWidth = 3,
198 
199  /// The fast qualifier mask.
200  FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1
201  };
202 
203  /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from
204  /// the given sets.
206  // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient.
207  if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) {
208  Qualifiers Q;
209  Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask;
210  L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
211  R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
212  return Q;
213  }
214 
215  Qualifiers Q;
216  unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers();
217  Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
218  L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
219  R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
220 
221  if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) {
223  L.removeObjCGCAttr();
224  R.removeObjCGCAttr();
225  }
226 
227  if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) {
229  L.removeObjCLifetime();
230  R.removeObjCLifetime();
231  }
232 
233  if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) {
235  L.removeAddressSpace();
236  R.removeAddressSpace();
237  }
238  return Q;
239  }
240 
241  static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) {
242  Qualifiers Qs;
243  Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask);
244  return Qs;
245  }
246 
247  static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) {
248  Qualifiers Qs;
249  Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR);
250  return Qs;
251  }
252 
253  static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) {
254  Qualifiers Qs;
255  Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU);
256  return Qs;
257  }
258 
259  // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation.
260  static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) {
261  Qualifiers Qs;
262  Qs.Mask = opaque;
263  return Qs;
264  }
265 
266  // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation.
267  unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const {
268  return Mask;
269  }
270 
271  bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; }
272  void setConst(bool flag) {
273  Mask = (Mask & ~Const) | (flag ? Const : 0);
274  }
275  void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; }
276  void addConst() { Mask |= Const; }
277 
278  bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; }
279  void setVolatile(bool flag) {
280  Mask = (Mask & ~Volatile) | (flag ? Volatile : 0);
281  }
282  void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; }
283  void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; }
284 
285  bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; }
286  void setRestrict(bool flag) {
287  Mask = (Mask & ~Restrict) | (flag ? Restrict : 0);
288  }
289  void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; }
290  void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; }
291 
292  bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); }
293  unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; }
294  void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
295  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits");
296  Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask;
297  }
298  void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
299  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits");
300  Mask &= ~mask;
301  }
303  removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask);
304  }
305  void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
306  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits");
307  Mask |= mask;
308  }
309  void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
310  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits");
311  Mask |= mask;
312  }
313 
314  bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; }
315  void setUnaligned(bool flag) {
316  Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0);
317  }
318  void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; }
319  void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; }
320 
321  bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; }
322  GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); }
324  Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift);
325  }
326  void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); }
328  assert(type);
329  setObjCGCAttr(type);
330  }
332  Qualifiers qs = *this;
333  qs.removeObjCGCAttr();
334  return qs;
335  }
337  Qualifiers qs = *this;
338  qs.removeObjCLifetime();
339  return qs;
340  }
341 
342  bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; }
344  return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift);
345  }
347  Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift);
348  }
349  void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); }
351  assert(type);
352  assert(!hasObjCLifetime());
353  Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift);
354  }
355 
356  /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone.
358  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
359  return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone);
360  }
361 
362  /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak.
364  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
365  return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak);
366  }
367 
368  bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; }
370  return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift);
371  }
373  return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace());
374  }
375  /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics.
377  auto Addr = getAddressSpace();
378  // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific
379  // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider
380  // printing the QualType instead of the address space value.
381  assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace());
382  if (Addr != LangAS::Default)
383  return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr);
384  // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed
385  // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default
386  // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))).
387  return 0;
388  }
389  void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
390  assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace);
391  Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask)
392  | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift);
393  }
394  void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); }
395  void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
396  assert(space != LangAS::Default);
397  setAddressSpace(space);
398  }
399 
400  // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly
401  // on a QualType object.
402  bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); }
403  unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; }
404  void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
405  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits");
406  Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask;
407  }
408  void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
409  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits");
410  Mask &= ~mask;
411  }
413  removeFastQualifiers(FastMask);
414  }
415  void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
416  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits");
417  Mask |= mask;
418  }
419 
420  /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals
421  /// node to be allocated.
422  bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; }
424  Qualifiers Quals = *this;
425  Quals.setFastQualifiers(0);
426  return Quals;
427  }
428 
429  /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers.
430  bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; }
431  bool empty() const { return !Mask; }
432 
433  /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set.
435  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
436  // bit-or it in.
437  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
438  Mask |= Q.Mask;
439  else {
440  Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask);
441  if (Q.hasAddressSpace())
442  addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace());
443  if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr())
444  addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr());
445  if (Q.hasObjCLifetime())
446  addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime());
447  }
448  }
449 
450  /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set.
452  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
453  // bit-and the inverse in.
454  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
455  Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
456  else {
457  Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask);
458  if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr())
459  removeObjCGCAttr();
460  if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime())
461  removeObjCLifetime();
462  if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace())
463  removeAddressSpace();
464  }
465  }
466 
467  /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that
468  /// they don't conflict.
470  assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||
471  !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace());
472  assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||
473  !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr());
474  assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||
475  !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime());
476  Mask |= qs.Mask;
477  }
478 
479  /// Returns true if this address space is a superset of the other one.
480  /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of
481  /// overlapping address spaces.
482  /// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
483  /// every address space is a superset of itself.
484  /// CL2.0 adds:
485  /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant.
487  return
488  // Address spaces must match exactly.
489  getAddressSpace() == other.getAddressSpace() ||
490  // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except
491  // for __constant can be used as __generic.
492  (getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic &&
494  }
495 
496  /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set.
497  /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other
498  /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers.
499  bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const {
500  return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) &&
501  // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't
502  // be changed.
503  (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
504  !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) &&
505  // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly.
506  getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() &&
507  // CVR qualifiers may subset.
508  (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) &&
509  // U qualifier may superset.
510  (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned());
511  }
512 
513  /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of
514  /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime.
515  ///
516  /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other
517  /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the
518  /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak
519  /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes).
521  if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime())
522  return true;
523 
524  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak)
525  return false;
526 
527  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None)
528  return true;
529 
530  return hasConst();
531  }
532 
533  /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of
534  /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility.
535  bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const;
536 
537  bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; }
538  bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; }
539 
540  explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); }
541 
543  addQualifiers(R);
544  return *this;
545  }
546 
547  // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears
548  // in both sets, use the one from the right.
550  L += R;
551  return L;
552  }
553 
555  removeQualifiers(R);
556  return *this;
557  }
558 
559  /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets.
561  L -= R;
562  return L;
563  }
564 
565  std::string getAsString() const;
566  std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
567 
568  bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
569  void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
570  bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const;
571 
572  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
573  ID.AddInteger(Mask);
574  }
575 
576 private:
577  // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31|
578  // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace|
579  uint32_t Mask = 0;
580 
581  static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8;
582  static const uint32_t UShift = 3;
583  static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30;
584  static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4;
585  static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0;
586  static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6;
587  static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask =
588  ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask);
589  static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9;
590 };
591 
592 /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split
593 /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type.
595  /// The locally-unqualified type.
596  const Type *Ty = nullptr;
597 
598  /// The local qualifiers.
600 
601  SplitQualType() = default;
602  SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {}
603 
604  SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file
605 
606  // Make std::tie work.
607  std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const {
608  return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals);
609  }
610 
612  return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals;
613  }
615  return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals;
616  }
617 };
618 
619 /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into.
620 ///
621 /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when
622 /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an
623 /// unspecialized type.
625  /// An ordinary type.
626  Ordinary,
627 
628  /// The result type of a method or function.
629  Result,
630 
631  /// The parameter type of a method or function.
632  Parameter,
633 
634  /// The type of a property.
635  Property,
636 
637  /// The superclass of a type.
638  Superclass,
639 };
640 
641 /// A (possibly-)qualified type.
642 ///
643 /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their
644 /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This
645 /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for
646 /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int',
647 /// 'const volatile int', etc).
648 ///
649 /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we
650 /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the
651 /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a
652 /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit
653 /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which
654 /// case the pointer points to a special structure.
655 class QualType {
656  friend class QualifierCollector;
657 
658  // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable.
659  llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>,
661 
662  const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const {
663  return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>();
664  }
665 
666  const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const {
667  return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>();
668  }
669 
670  const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const {
671  assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer");
672  auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue());
673  CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1);
674  return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal);
675  }
676 
677 public:
678  QualType() = default;
679  QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}
680  QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}
681 
682  unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); }
683  void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); }
684 
685  /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
686  ///
687  /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be
688  /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull().
689  const Type *getTypePtr() const;
690 
691  const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const;
692 
693  /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type.
694  const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const;
695 
696  /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local
697  /// qualifiers.
698  SplitQualType split() const;
699 
700  void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); }
701 
702  static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) {
703  QualType T;
704  T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr));
705  return T;
706  }
707 
708  const Type &operator*() const {
709  return *getTypePtr();
710  }
711 
712  const Type *operator->() const {
713  return getTypePtr();
714  }
715 
716  bool isCanonical() const;
717  bool isCanonicalAsParam() const;
718 
719  /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet.
720  bool isNull() const {
721  return Value.getPointer().isNull();
722  }
723 
724  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
725  /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
726  /// added "const" at a different level.
727  bool isLocalConstQualified() const {
728  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const);
729  }
730 
731  /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
732  bool isConstQualified() const;
733 
734  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
735  /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
736  /// added "restrict" at a different level.
738  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict);
739  }
740 
741  /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified.
742  bool isRestrictQualified() const;
743 
744  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
745  /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
746  /// added "volatile" at a different level.
748  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile);
749  }
750 
751  /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
752  bool isVolatileQualified() const;
753 
754  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
755  /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add
756  /// qualifiers at a different level.
757  bool hasLocalQualifiers() const {
758  return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers();
759  }
760 
761  /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers.
762  bool hasQualifiers() const;
763 
764  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
765  /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType
766  /// instance.
768  return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>();
769  }
770 
771  /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType
772  /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or
773  /// other sugar.
774  Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const;
775 
776  /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type.
777  Qualifiers getQualifiers() const;
778 
779  /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
780  /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers
781  /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar.
782  unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const {
783  return getLocalFastQualifiers();
784  }
785 
786  /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
787  /// applied to this type.
788  unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const;
789 
790  bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const {
791  return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx);
792  }
793 
794  /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10).
795  bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;
796 
797  /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98
798  /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
799  bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;
800 
801  /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules
802  /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
803  /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike
804  /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account.
805  bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;
806 
807  /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
808  bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const;
809 
810  /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
811  bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const;
812 
813 
814  /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic.
815  bool mayBeDynamicClass() const;
816 
817  /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic.
818  bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const;
819 
820  // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be
821  // easily added.
822 
823  /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType.
824  void addConst() {
825  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
826  }
827  QualType withConst() const {
828  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
829  }
830 
831  /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType.
832  void addVolatile() {
833  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
834  }
836  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
837  }
838 
839  /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType.
840  void addRestrict() {
841  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
842  }
844  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
845  }
846 
847  QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const {
848  return withFastQualifiers(CVR);
849  }
850 
851  void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) {
852  assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)
853  && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!");
854  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs);
855  }
856 
857  void removeLocalConst();
858  void removeLocalVolatile();
859  void removeLocalRestrict();
860  void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask);
861 
862  void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); }
863  void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
864  assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers");
865  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask);
866  }
867 
868  // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any
869  // qualifiers already on this type.
870  QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
871  QualType T = *this;
872  T.addFastQualifiers(TQs);
873  return T;
874  }
875 
876  // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing
877  // any existing fast qualifiers.
879  return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs);
880  }
881 
882  // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place.
884  QualType T = *this;
886  return T;
887  }
888 
889  QualType getCanonicalType() const;
890 
891  /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers
892  /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied
893  /// through typedefs.
894  QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); }
895 
896  /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type,
897  /// removing as little sugar as possible.
898  ///
899  /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the
900  /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given:
901  ///
902  /// \code
903  /// typedef int Integer;
904  /// typedef const Integer CInteger;
905  /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType;
906  /// \endcode
907  ///
908  /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will
909  /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it.
910  ///
911  /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
912  /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
913  /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
914  inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const;
915 
916  /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little
917  /// sugar as possible.
918  ///
919  /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of
920  /// qualifiers that were built up.
921  ///
922  /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
923  /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
924  /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
925  inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const;
926 
927  /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other
928  /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
929  bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const;
930 
931  /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other
932  /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
933  bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const;
934 
935  QualType getNonReferenceType() const;
936 
937  /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the
938  /// specified result type.
939  ///
940  /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is
941  /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily
942  /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no
943  /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers
944  /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C).
945  QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const;
946 
947  /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from
948  /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of
949  /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar
950  /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For
951  /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is
952  /// concrete.
953  ///
954  /// Qualifiers are left in place.
955  QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
956  return getDesugaredType(*this, Context);
957  }
958 
960  return getSplitDesugaredType(*this);
961  }
962 
963  /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from
964  /// the type.
965  ///
966  /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level
967  /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.
969  return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context);
970  }
971 
972  /// Returns the specified type after dropping any
973  /// outer-level parentheses.
975  if (isa<ParenType>(*this))
976  return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this);
977  return *this;
978  }
979 
980  /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical.
981  friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
982  return LHS.Value == RHS.Value;
983  }
984  friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
985  return LHS.Value != RHS.Value;
986  }
987 
988  static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split,
989  const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
990  return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy);
991  }
992  static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
993  const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
994 
995  std::string getAsString() const;
996  std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
997 
998  void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
999  const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
1000  unsigned Indentation = 0) const {
1001  print(split(), OS, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
1002  }
1003 
1004  static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS,
1005  const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder,
1006  unsigned Indentation = 0) {
1007  return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
1008  }
1009 
1010  static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
1011  raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy,
1012  const Twine &PlaceHolder,
1013  unsigned Indentation = 0);
1014 
1015  void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str,
1016  const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const {
1017  return getAsStringInternal(split(), Str, Policy);
1018  }
1019 
1020  static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out,
1021  const PrintingPolicy &policy) {
1022  return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy);
1023  }
1024 
1025  static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
1026  std::string &out,
1027  const PrintingPolicy &policy);
1028 
1030  const QualType &T;
1031  const PrintingPolicy &Policy;
1032  const Twine &PlaceHolder;
1033  unsigned Indentation;
1034 
1035  public:
1037  const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation)
1038  : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder),
1039  Indentation(Indentation) {}
1040 
1041  friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS,
1042  const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) {
1043  SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation);
1044  return OS;
1045  }
1046  };
1047 
1049  const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
1050  unsigned Indentation = 0) const {
1051  return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
1052  }
1053 
1054  void dump(const char *s) const;
1055  void dump() const;
1056  void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const;
1057 
1058  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
1059  ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr());
1060  }
1061 
1062  /// Return the address space of this type.
1063  inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const;
1064 
1065  /// Returns gc attribute of this type.
1066  inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const;
1067 
1068  /// true when Type is objc's weak.
1069  bool isObjCGCWeak() const {
1070  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak;
1071  }
1072 
1073  /// true when Type is objc's strong.
1074  bool isObjCGCStrong() const {
1075  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong;
1076  }
1077 
1078  /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type.
1080  return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime();
1081  }
1082 
1084  return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime();
1085  }
1086 
1088  return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime();
1089  }
1090 
1091  // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't.
1092  bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const;
1093 
1095  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
1096  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
1097  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
1099 
1100  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
1101  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
1103 
1104  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
1105  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
1107 
1108  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial.
1109  PDIK_Struct
1110  };
1111 
1112  /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types.
1113 
1114  /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
1115  /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize
1116  /// and return the kind.
1118  isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const;
1119 
1121  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
1122  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
1123  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
1125 
1126  /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types
1127  /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be
1128  /// volatile-qualified.
1130 
1131  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
1132  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
1134 
1135  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
1136  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
1138 
1139  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither
1140  /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial.
1141  /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying
1142  /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend
1143  /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by
1144  /// overload resolution to do the copy.
1145  PCK_Struct
1146  };
1147 
1148  /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
1149  /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the
1150  /// kind.
1151  PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const;
1152 
1153  /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
1154  /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively
1155  /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style
1156  /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state
1157  /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the
1158  /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state.
1159  PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const;
1160 
1166  DK_nontrivial_c_struct
1167  };
1168 
1169  /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require
1170  /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's
1171  /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make
1172  /// something require destruction.
1174  return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this);
1175  }
1176 
1177  /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden
1178  /// from being lvalues in C.
1179  ///
1180  /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are:
1181  /// - 'void', but not qualified void
1182  /// - function types
1183  ///
1184  /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1:
1185  /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete
1186  /// type other than void.
1187  bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const;
1188 
1189  /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the
1190  /// subject type.
1191  ///
1192  /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists.
1193  ///
1194  /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the
1195  /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally
1196  /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type
1197  /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate
1198  /// for the context.
1199  ///
1200  /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
1201  ///
1202  /// \returns the resulting type.
1203  QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx,
1204  ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
1205  ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;
1206 
1207  /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type
1208  /// parameters used in the subject type.
1209  ///
1210  /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for
1211  /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of
1212  /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of
1213  /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation.
1214  ///
1215  /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're
1216  /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message
1217  /// or the base of a property access.
1218  ///
1219  /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was
1220  /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should
1221  /// be substituted.
1222  ///
1223  /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
1224  ///
1225  /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type
1226  /// parameters with their corresponding arguments.
1227  QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType,
1228  const DeclContext *dc,
1229  ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;
1230 
1231  /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type.
1232  QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const;
1233 
1234  /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic.
1235  QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const;
1236 
1237 private:
1238  // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit;
1239  // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the
1240  // caller.
1241  static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx);
1242  static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context);
1243  static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T);
1244  static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type);
1245  static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type,
1246  const ASTContext &C);
1247  static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T);
1248  static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type);
1249 };
1250 
1251 } // namespace clang
1252 
1253 namespace llvm {
1254 
1255 /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType
1256 /// to a specific Type class.
1257 template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> {
1259 
1261  return Val.getTypePtr();
1262  }
1263 };
1264 
1265 // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer".
1266 template<>
1267 struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> {
1268  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) {
1269  return P.getAsOpaquePtr();
1270  }
1271 
1272  static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
1274  }
1275 
1276  // Various qualifiers go in low bits.
1277  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 };
1278 };
1279 
1280 } // namespace llvm
1281 
1282 namespace clang {
1283 
1284 /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type
1285 /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the
1286 /// two.
1288  friend class ExtQuals;
1289  friend class QualType;
1290  friend class Type;
1291 
1292  /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or
1293  /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type).
1294  ///
1295  /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its
1296  /// underlying type pointer.
1297  const Type *const BaseType;
1298 
1299  /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType.
1300  QualType CanonicalType;
1301 
1302  ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon)
1303  : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {}
1304 };
1305 
1306 /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a
1307 /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want
1308 /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this
1309 /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to
1310 /// store qualifiers.
1311 ///
1312 /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers
1313 /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether
1314 /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces,
1315 /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare.
1316 class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
1317  // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as
1318  // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast.
1319  // 1. Qualifiers:
1320  // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ).
1321  // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits.
1322  // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask.
1323  // 2. QualType:
1324  // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline.
1325  // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of
1326  // this header.
1327  // 3. ASTContext:
1328  // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type.
1329 
1330  /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains
1331  /// extended qualifiers.
1332  Qualifiers Quals;
1333 
1334  ExtQuals *this_() { return this; }
1335 
1336 public:
1337  ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals)
1338  : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType,
1339  canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon),
1340  Quals(quals) {
1341  assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()
1342  && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers");
1343  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()
1344  && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers");
1345  }
1346 
1347  Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; }
1348 
1349  bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); }
1350  Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); }
1351 
1352  bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); }
1354  return Quals.getObjCLifetime();
1355  }
1356 
1357  bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); }
1358  LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); }
1359 
1360  const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }
1361 
1362 public:
1363  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
1364  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals);
1365  }
1366 
1367  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
1368  const Type *BaseType,
1369  Qualifiers Quals) {
1370  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!");
1371  ID.AddPointer(BaseType);
1372  Quals.Profile(ID);
1373  }
1374 };
1375 
1376 /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type.
1377 /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an
1378 /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither.
1380  /// No ref-qualifier was provided.
1381  RQ_None = 0,
1382 
1383  /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &).
1385 
1386  /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&).
1388 };
1389 
1390 /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType.
1391 enum class AutoTypeKeyword {
1392  /// auto
1393  Auto,
1394 
1395  /// decltype(auto)
1396  DecltypeAuto,
1397 
1398  /// __auto_type (GNU extension)
1399  GNUAutoType
1400 };
1401 
1402 /// The base class of the type hierarchy.
1403 ///
1404 /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical
1405 /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out
1406 /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider:
1407 ///
1408 /// typedef int foo;
1409 /// typedef foo* bar;
1410 /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar'
1411 ///
1412 /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its
1413 /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a
1414 /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next
1415 /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is
1416 /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical
1417 /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type
1418 /// is also 'int*'.
1419 ///
1420 /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing
1421 /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type
1422 /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning
1423 /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type),
1424 /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type.
1425 ///
1426 /// Types, once created, are immutable.
1427 ///
1429 public:
1430  enum TypeClass {
1431 #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class,
1432 #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class,
1433 #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1434 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
1435  TagFirst = Record, TagLast = Enum
1436  };
1437 
1438 private:
1439  /// Bitfields required by the Type class.
1440  class TypeBitfields {
1441  friend class Type;
1442  template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;
1443 
1444  /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to.
1445  unsigned TC : 8;
1446 
1447  /// Whether this type is a dependent type (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
1448  unsigned Dependent : 1;
1449 
1450  /// Whether this type somehow involves a template parameter, even
1451  /// if the resolution of the type does not depend on a template parameter.
1452  unsigned InstantiationDependent : 1;
1453 
1454  /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
1455  unsigned VariablyModified : 1;
1456 
1457  /// Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack
1458  /// (for C++11 variadic templates).
1459  unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1;
1460 
1461  /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with
1462  /// 'Cache') is valid.
1463  mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1;
1464 
1465  /// Linkage of this type.
1466  mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3;
1467 
1468  /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types.
1469  mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1;
1470 
1471  /// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
1472  mutable unsigned FromAST : 1;
1473 
1474  bool isCacheValid() const {
1475  return CacheValid;
1476  }
1477 
1478  Linkage getLinkage() const {
1479  assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache");
1480  return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage);
1481  }
1482 
1483  bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const {
1484  assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache");
1485  return CachedLocalOrUnnamed;
1486  }
1487  };
1488  enum { NumTypeBits = 18 };
1489 
1490 protected:
1491  // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields
1492  // into Type.
1493 
1495  friend class ArrayType;
1496 
1497  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1498 
1499  /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like
1500  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
1501  unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3;
1502 
1503  /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like
1504  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
1505  /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier.
1506  unsigned SizeModifier : 3;
1507  };
1508 
1510  friend class BuiltinType;
1511 
1512  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1513 
1514  /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is.
1515  unsigned Kind : 8;
1516  };
1517 
1519  friend class FunctionProtoType;
1520  friend class FunctionType;
1521 
1522  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1523 
1524  /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like
1525  /// regparm and the calling convention.
1526  unsigned ExtInfo : 12;
1527 
1528  /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the
1529  /// other bitfields.
1530  /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because...
1531  ///
1532  /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the
1533  /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type.
1534  unsigned TypeQuals : 4;
1535 
1536  /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType.
1537  ///
1538  /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind.
1539  unsigned RefQualifier : 2;
1540  };
1541 
1543  friend class ObjCObjectType;
1544 
1545  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1546 
1547  /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type.
1548  unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7;
1549 
1550  /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type.
1551  unsigned NumProtocols : 6;
1552 
1553  /// Whether this is a "kindof" type.
1554  unsigned IsKindOf : 1;
1555  };
1556 
1557  static_assert(NumTypeBits + 7 + 6 + 1 <= 32, "Does not fit in an unsigned");
1558 
1560  friend class ReferenceType;
1561 
1562  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1563 
1564  /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil.
1565  /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false
1566  /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9,
1567  /// as follows:
1568  ///
1569  /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue
1570  /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue
1571  /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
1572  /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref
1573  /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
1574  /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref
1575  unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1;
1576 
1577  /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens
1578  /// in non-canonical forms.
1579  unsigned InnerRef : 1;
1580  };
1581 
1583  friend class TypeWithKeyword;
1584 
1585  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1586 
1587  /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access.
1588  unsigned Keyword : 8;
1589  };
1590 
1592  friend class VectorType;
1593  friend class DependentVectorType;
1594 
1595  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1596 
1597  /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some
1598  /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon.
1599  unsigned VecKind : 3;
1600 
1601  /// The number of elements in the vector.
1602  unsigned NumElements : 29 - NumTypeBits;
1603 
1604  enum { MaxNumElements = (1 << (29 - NumTypeBits)) - 1 };
1605  };
1606 
1608  friend class AttributedType;
1609 
1610  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1611 
1612  /// An AttributedType::Kind
1613  unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits;
1614  };
1615 
1617  friend class AutoType;
1618 
1619  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1620 
1621  /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)',
1622  /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value.
1623  unsigned Keyword : 2;
1624  };
1625 
1626  union {
1627  TypeBitfields TypeBits;
1637  };
1638 
1639 private:
1640  template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;
1641 
1642  /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file.
1643  void setFromAST(bool V = true) const {
1644  TypeBits.FromAST = V;
1645  }
1646 
1647 protected:
1648  friend class ASTContext;
1649 
1650  Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent,
1651  bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified,
1652  bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
1653  : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this,
1654  canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) {
1655  TypeBits.TC = tc;
1656  TypeBits.Dependent = Dependent;
1657  TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = Dependent || InstantiationDependent;
1658  TypeBits.VariablyModified = VariablyModified;
1659  TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
1660  TypeBits.CacheValid = false;
1661  TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false;
1662  TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage;
1663  TypeBits.FromAST = false;
1664  }
1665 
1666  // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list
1667  Type *this_() { return this; }
1668 
1669  void setDependent(bool D = true) {
1670  TypeBits.Dependent = D;
1671  if (D)
1672  TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = true;
1673  }
1674 
1675  void setInstantiationDependent(bool D = true) {
1676  TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = D; }
1677 
1678  void setVariablyModified(bool VM = true) { TypeBits.VariablyModified = VM; }
1679 
1680  void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) {
1681  TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP;
1682  }
1683 
1684 public:
1685  friend class ASTReader;
1686  friend class ASTWriter;
1687 
1688  Type(const Type &) = delete;
1689  Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete;
1690 
1691  TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); }
1692 
1693  /// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
1694  bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; }
1695 
1696  /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter
1697  /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates.
1698  ///
1699  /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the
1700  /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the
1701  /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T':
1702  ///
1703  /// \code
1704  /// template<typename ...T>
1705  /// struct X {
1706  /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack.
1707  /// };
1708  /// \endcode
1709  ///
1710  /// Note that this routine does not specify which
1712  return TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
1713  }
1714 
1715  /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further
1716  /// qualification.
1717  bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const {
1718  return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0);
1719  }
1720 
1721  /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type.
1722  /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType()
1723  /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&).
1724  QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const;
1725 
1726  /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1):
1727  /// object types, function types, and incomplete types.
1728 
1729  /// Return true if this is an incomplete type.
1730  /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to
1731  /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this
1732  /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required.
1733  ///
1734  /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration
1735  /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C
1736  /// class), will be set to the declaration.
1737  bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const;
1738 
1739  /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object
1740  /// type, in other words, not a function type.
1742  return !isFunctionType();
1743  }
1744 
1745  /// Determine whether this type is an object type.
1746  bool isObjectType() const {
1747  // C++ [basic.types]p8:
1748  // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a
1749  // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type.
1750  return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType();
1751  }
1752 
1753  /// Return true if this is a literal type
1754  /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10)
1755  bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
1756 
1757  /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type.
1758  /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9)
1759  bool isStandardLayoutType() const;
1760 
1761  /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates
1762  /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.
1763 
1764  /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type.
1765  bool isBuiltinType() const;
1766 
1767  /// Test for a particular builtin type.
1768  bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const;
1769 
1770  /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but
1771  /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within
1772  /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes.
1773  bool isPlaceholderType() const;
1774  const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const;
1775 
1776  /// Test for a specific placeholder type.
1777  bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const;
1778 
1779  /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see
1780  /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType.
1781  bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const;
1782 
1783  /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
1784  /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
1785  bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum)
1786  bool isEnumeralType() const;
1787 
1788  /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type.
1789  bool isScopedEnumeralType() const;
1790  bool isBooleanType() const;
1791  bool isCharType() const;
1792  bool isWideCharType() const;
1793  bool isChar8Type() const;
1794  bool isChar16Type() const;
1795  bool isChar32Type() const;
1796  bool isAnyCharacterType() const;
1797  bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
1798 
1799  /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
1800  bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const;
1801 
1802  /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type.
1803  bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const;
1804 
1805  /// Floating point categories.
1806  bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double)
1807  /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
1808  /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
1809  bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex)
1810  bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int.
1811  bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex)
1812  bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half)
1813  bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661
1814  bool isFloat128Type() const;
1815  bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer)
1816  bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating)
1817  bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19
1818  bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers)
1819  bool isAggregateType() const;
1820  bool isFundamentalType() const;
1821  bool isCompoundType() const;
1822 
1823  // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified
1824  // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.
1825  bool isFunctionType() const;
1826  bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); }
1827  bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); }
1828  bool isPointerType() const;
1829  bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer
1830  bool isBlockPointerType() const;
1831  bool isVoidPointerType() const;
1832  bool isReferenceType() const;
1833  bool isLValueReferenceType() const;
1834  bool isRValueReferenceType() const;
1835  bool isFunctionPointerType() const;
1836  bool isMemberPointerType() const;
1837  bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const;
1838  bool isMemberDataPointerType() const;
1839  bool isArrayType() const;
1840  bool isConstantArrayType() const;
1841  bool isIncompleteArrayType() const;
1842  bool isVariableArrayType() const;
1843  bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const;
1844  bool isRecordType() const;
1845  bool isClassType() const;
1846  bool isStructureType() const;
1847  bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const;
1848  bool isInterfaceType() const;
1849  bool isStructureOrClassType() const;
1850  bool isUnionType() const;
1851  bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type.
1852  bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type.
1853  bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type.
1854  bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier
1855  bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object
1856  bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer
1857  bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type
1858  bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type
1859  bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject))
1860  bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class))
1861  // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type
1862  // for the common case.
1863  bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0)
1864  bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo>
1865  bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo>
1866  bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo>
1867  bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const;
1868  bool isObjCIdType() const; // id
1869  bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const;
1870 
1871  /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an
1872  /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id
1873  /// <NSCopying>.
1874  ///
1875  /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types,
1876  /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or
1877  /// null for 'id.
1878  bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx,
1879  const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const;
1880 
1881  bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class
1882 
1883  /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an
1884  /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>.
1885  ///
1886  /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound
1887  /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class
1888  /// object for a subclass of NSFoo".
1889  bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const;
1890 
1891  bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const;
1892  bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class
1893  bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class'
1894  bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const;
1895  bool isCARCBridgableType() const;
1896  bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter
1897  bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t
1898  bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t
1899  bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte
1900  bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic()
1901 
1902 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
1903  bool is##Id##Type() const;
1904 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
1905 
1906  bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type
1907 
1908  bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t
1909  bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t
1910  bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t
1911  bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t
1912  bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t
1913 
1914  bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type
1915  bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type
1916 
1917  /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy
1918  /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather
1919  /// than implicitly __strong.
1920  bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const;
1921 
1922  /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent.
1923  Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const;
1924 
1934  STK_FloatingComplex
1935  };
1936 
1937  /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it.
1938  ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const;
1939 
1940  /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition
1941  /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
1942  bool isDependentType() const { return TypeBits.Dependent; }
1943 
1944  /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type,
1945  /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the
1946  /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that
1947  /// template parameter).
1949  return TypeBits.InstantiationDependent;
1950  }
1951 
1952  /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that
1953  /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been
1954  /// deduced.
1955  bool isUndeducedType() const;
1956 
1957  /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
1958  bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { return TypeBits.VariablyModified; }
1959 
1960  /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type
1961  /// with a definite size.
1962  bool hasSizedVLAType() const;
1963 
1964  /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type.
1965  bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const;
1966 
1967  bool isOverloadableType() const;
1968 
1969  /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier.
1970  bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const;
1971 
1972  bool canDecayToPointerType() const;
1973 
1974  /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes
1975  /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface,
1976  /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t.
1977  bool hasPointerRepresentation() const;
1978 
1979  /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the
1980  /// purpose of GC'ability
1981  bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const;
1982 
1983  /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation
1984  /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector.
1985  bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const;
1986 
1987  /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation
1988  /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector.
1989  bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const;
1990 
1991  /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation
1992  /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector.
1993  bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const;
1994 
1995  /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation
1996  /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof.
1997  bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const;
1998 
1999  // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the
2000  // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to
2001  // the best type we can.
2002  const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const;
2003  /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext.
2004  const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const;
2005  const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type.
2006  const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const;
2007 
2008  // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType
2009  // for object declared using an interface.
2010  const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const;
2011  const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const;
2012  const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const;
2013  const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;
2014 
2015  /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either
2016  /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name
2017  /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
2018  CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const;
2019 
2020  /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to.
2021  RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const;
2022 
2023  /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either
2024  /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name
2025  /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
2026  TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const;
2027 
2028  /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the
2029  /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to.
2030  ///
2031  /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does
2032  /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL.
2033  const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const;
2034 
2035  /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
2036  /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
2037  /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
2038  DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const;
2039 
2040  /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
2041  /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
2042  /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
2044  return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType());
2045  }
2046 
2047  /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto'
2048  /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested
2049  /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar).
2050  bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const;
2051 
2052  /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for
2053  /// an instance of <specific type>. This scheme will eventually
2054  /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above.
2055  ///
2056  /// There are some specializations of this member template listed
2057  /// immediately following this class.
2058  template <typename T> const T *getAs() const;
2059 
2060  /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds
2061  /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of <specific type>.
2062  /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some
2063  /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a <specific type>
2064  /// to another type that is still canonically a <specific type>.
2065  template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const;
2066 
2067  /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards
2068  /// qualifiers from the outermost type.
2069  const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;
2070 
2071  /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for
2072  /// the underlying instance of <specific type>.
2073  ///
2074  /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has
2075  /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must*
2076  /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null.
2077  template <typename T> const T *castAs() const;
2078 
2079  /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards
2080  /// qualifiers from the outermost type.
2081  const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;
2082 
2083  /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type
2084  /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers
2085  /// are meaningful.
2086  const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const;
2087 
2088  /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array,
2089  /// potentially with type qualifiers missing.
2090  /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
2091  const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const;
2092 
2093  /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type.
2094  /// If this is an array type, return the array element type.
2095  /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
2096  const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const;
2097 
2098  /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block
2099  /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee.
2100  QualType getPointeeType() const;
2101 
2102  /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type,
2103  /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers.
2104  const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const;
2105 
2106  /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion
2107  bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2
2108 
2109  /// Return true if this is an integer type that is
2110  /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..],
2111  /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation.
2112  bool isSignedIntegerType() const;
2113 
2114  /// Return true if this is an integer type that is
2115  /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool],
2116  /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation.
2117  bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const;
2118 
2119  /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an
2120  /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type.
2121  bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;
2122 
2123  /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an
2124  /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type.
2125  bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;
2126 
2127  /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to
2128  /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169.
2129  bool isFixedPointType() const;
2130 
2131  /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
2132  /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
2133  bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const;
2134 
2135  /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
2136  /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
2137  bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const;
2138 
2139  /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according
2140  /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
2141  bool isSignedFixedPointType() const;
2142 
2143  /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according
2144  /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
2145  bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const;
2146 
2147  /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type,
2148  /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on
2149  /// incomplete types.
2150  bool isConstantSizeType() const;
2151 
2152  /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some
2153  /// set of type specifiers.
2154  bool isSpecifierType() const;
2155 
2156  /// Determine the linkage of this type.
2157  Linkage getLinkage() const;
2158 
2159  /// Determine the visibility of this type.
2161  return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility();
2162  }
2163 
2164  /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code.
2165  bool isVisibilityExplicit() const {
2166  return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit();
2167  }
2168 
2169  /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type.
2170  LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const;
2171 
2172  /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency
2173  /// checking. Should always return true.
2174  bool isLinkageValid() const;
2175 
2176  /// Determine the nullability of the given type.
2177  ///
2178  /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type
2179  /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will
2180  /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring.
2181  Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const;
2182 
2183  /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability
2184  /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type.
2185  ///
2186  /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether
2187  /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent.
2188  bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const;
2189 
2190  /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member
2191  /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context.
2192  ///
2193  /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the
2194  /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is
2195  /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type.
2196  ///
2197  /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a
2198  /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension,
2199  /// category, or method within.
2200  ///
2201  /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for
2202  /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described
2203  /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no
2204  /// substitution is required.
2206  getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const;
2207 
2208  /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type
2209  /// parameters.
2210  bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const;
2211 
2212  const char *getTypeClassName() const;
2213 
2215  return CanonicalType;
2216  }
2217 
2218  CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h
2219  void dump() const;
2220  void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const;
2221 };
2222 
2223 /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar
2224 /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type.
2225 template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const;
2226 
2227 /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any
2228 /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a
2229 /// non-sugared type.
2230 template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const;
2231 
2232 /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar
2233 /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type.
2234 template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const;
2235 
2236 // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to
2237 // worry about preserving child type decoration.
2238 #define TYPE(Class, Base)
2239 #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \
2240 template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \
2241  return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2242 } \
2243 template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \
2244  return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2245 }
2246 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2247 
2248 /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin
2249 /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field.
2250 class BuiltinType : public Type {
2251 public:
2252  enum Kind {
2253 // OpenCL image types
2254 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id,
2255 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
2256 // All other builtin types
2257 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id,
2258 #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id
2259 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
2260  };
2261 
2262 private:
2263  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2264 
2265  BuiltinType(Kind K)
2266  : Type(Builtin, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/(K == Dependent),
2267  /*InstantiationDependent=*/(K == Dependent),
2268  /*VariablyModified=*/false,
2269  /*Unexpanded parameter pack=*/false) {
2270  BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K;
2271  }
2272 
2273 public:
2274  Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); }
2275  StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
2276 
2277  const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const {
2278  // The StringRef is null-terminated.
2279  StringRef str = getName(Policy);
2280  assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0');
2281  return str.data();
2282  }
2283 
2284  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2285  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2286 
2287  bool isInteger() const {
2288  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128;
2289  }
2290 
2291  bool isSignedInteger() const {
2292  return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128;
2293  }
2294 
2295  bool isUnsignedInteger() const {
2296  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128;
2297  }
2298 
2299  bool isFloatingPoint() const {
2300  return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128;
2301  }
2302 
2303  /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type.
2304  static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) {
2305  return K >= Overload;
2306  }
2307 
2308  /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type
2309  /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed
2310  /// expression.
2311  bool isPlaceholderType() const {
2312  return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind());
2313  }
2314 
2315  /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than
2316  /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic
2317  /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g.
2318  /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and
2319  /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis.
2320  /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information
2321  /// from their context, like whether the context expects a
2322  /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need
2323  /// special treatment.
2325  return getKind() > Overload;
2326  }
2327 
2328  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; }
2329 };
2330 
2331 /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex
2332 /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions.
2333 class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2334  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2335 
2336  QualType ElementType;
2337 
2338  ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr)
2339  : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->isDependentType(),
2340  Element->isInstantiationDependentType(),
2341  Element->isVariablyModifiedType(),
2342  Element->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2343  ElementType(Element) {}
2344 
2345 public:
2346  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
2347 
2348  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2349  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2350 
2351  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2352  Profile(ID, getElementType());
2353  }
2354 
2355  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) {
2356  ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr());
2357  }
2358 
2359  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; }
2360 };
2361 
2362 /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types.
2363 class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2364  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2365 
2366  QualType Inner;
2367 
2368  ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType)
2369  : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->isDependentType(),
2370  InnerType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
2371  InnerType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
2372  InnerType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2373  Inner(InnerType) {}
2374 
2375 public:
2376  QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; }
2377 
2378  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
2379  QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); }
2380 
2381  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2382  Profile(ID, getInnerType());
2383  }
2384 
2385  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) {
2386  Inner.Profile(ID);
2387  }
2388 
2389  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; }
2390 };
2391 
2392 /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
2393 class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2394  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2395 
2396  QualType PointeeType;
2397 
2398  PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr)
2399  : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->isDependentType(),
2400  Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
2401  Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
2402  Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2403  PointeeType(Pointee) {}
2404 
2405 public:
2406  QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
2407 
2408  /// Returns true if address spaces of pointers overlap.
2409  /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules for pointers to different
2410  /// address spaces (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of overlapping
2411  /// address spaces.
2412  /// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
2413  /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same.
2414  /// CL2.0 adds:
2415  /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant.
2416  bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(const PointerType &other) const {
2417  Qualifiers thisQuals = PointeeType.getQualifiers();
2418  Qualifiers otherQuals = other.getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
2419  // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another
2420  return thisQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(otherQuals) ||
2421  otherQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(thisQuals);
2422  }
2423 
2424  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2425  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2426 
2427  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2428  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
2429  }
2430 
2431  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
2432  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
2433  }
2434 
2435  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; }
2436 };
2437 
2438 /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic
2439 /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can
2440 /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted.
2441 class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2442  QualType OriginalTy;
2443  QualType AdjustedTy;
2444 
2445 protected:
2446  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2447 
2448  AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy,
2449  QualType CanonicalPtr)
2450  : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->isDependentType(),
2451  OriginalTy->isInstantiationDependentType(),
2452  OriginalTy->isVariablyModifiedType(),
2453  OriginalTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2454  OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {}
2455 
2456 public:
2457  QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; }
2458  QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; }
2459 
2460  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
2461  QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; }
2462 
2463  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2464  Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy);
2465  }
2466 
2467  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) {
2468  ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr());
2469  ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr());
2470  }
2471 
2472  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2473  return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed;
2474  }
2475 };
2476 
2477 /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type.
2478 class DecayedType : public AdjustedType {
2479  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2480 
2481  inline
2482  DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical);
2483 
2484 public:
2485  QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); }
2486 
2487  inline QualType getPointeeType() const;
2488 
2489  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; }
2490 };
2491 
2492 /// Pointer to a block type.
2493 /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as
2494 /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
2495 class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2496  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2497 
2498  // Block is some kind of pointer type
2499  QualType PointeeType;
2500 
2501  BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls)
2502  : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->isDependentType(),
2503  Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
2504  Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
2505  Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2506  PointeeType(Pointee) {}
2507 
2508 public:
2509  // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
2510  QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
2511 
2512  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2513  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2514 
2515  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2516  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
2517  }
2518 
2519  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
2520  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
2521  }
2522 
2523  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2524  return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer;
2525  }
2526 };
2527 
2528 /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType
2529 class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2530  QualType PointeeType;
2531 
2532 protected:
2533  ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
2534  bool SpelledAsLValue)
2535  : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->isDependentType(),
2536  Referencee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
2537  Referencee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
2538  Referencee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2539  PointeeType(Referencee) {
2540  ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue;
2541  ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType();
2542  }
2543 
2544 public:
2545  bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; }
2546  bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; }
2547 
2548  QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; }
2549 
2551  // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay?
2552  const ReferenceType *T = this;
2553  while (T->isInnerRef())
2554  T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>();
2555  return T->PointeeType;
2556  }
2557 
2558  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2559  Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue());
2560  }
2561 
2562  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
2563  QualType Referencee,
2564  bool SpelledAsLValue) {
2565  ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr());
2566  ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue);
2567  }
2568 
2569  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2570  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference ||
2571  T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
2572  }
2573 };
2574 
2575 /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2577  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
2578 
2579  LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
2580  bool SpelledAsLValue)
2581  : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef,
2582  SpelledAsLValue) {}
2583 
2584 public:
2585  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2586  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2587 
2588  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2589  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference;
2590  }
2591 };
2592 
2593 /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2595  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
2596 
2597  RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef)
2598  : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {}
2599 
2600 public:
2601  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2602  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2603 
2604  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2605  return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
2606  }
2607 };
2608 
2609 /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
2610 ///
2611 /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions.
2612 class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2613  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2614 
2615  QualType PointeeType;
2616 
2617  /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a
2618  /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too.
2619  const Type *Class;
2620 
2621  MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr)
2622  : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr,
2623  Cls->isDependentType() || Pointee->isDependentType(),
2624  (Cls->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
2625  Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType()),
2626  Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
2627  (Cls->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
2628  Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
2629  PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {}
2630 
2631 public:
2632  QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
2633 
2634  /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
2635  /// function type rather than a data-member type.
2637  return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
2638  }
2639 
2640  /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
2641  /// data type rather than a function type.
2642  bool isMemberDataPointer() const {
2643  return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
2644  }
2645 
2646  const Type *getClass() const { return Class; }
2647  CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const;
2648 
2649  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2650  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2651 
2652  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2653  Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass());
2654  }
2655 
2656  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee,
2657  const Type *Class) {
2658  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
2659  ID.AddPointer(Class);
2660  }
2661 
2662  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2663  return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer;
2664  }
2665 };
2666 
2667 /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
2668 class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2669 public:
2670  /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4])
2671  /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array
2672  /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]).
2673  /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters.
2675  Normal, Static, Star
2676  };
2677 
2678 private:
2679  /// The element type of the array.
2680  QualType ElementType;
2681 
2682 protected:
2683  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2684 
2685  // C++ [temp.dep.type]p1:
2686  // A type is dependent if it is...
2687  // - an array type constructed from any dependent type or whose
2688  // size is specified by a constant expression that is
2689  // value-dependent,
2691  ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
2692  bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
2693  : Type(tc, can, et->isDependentType() || tc == DependentSizedArray,
2694  et->isInstantiationDependentType() || tc == DependentSizedArray,
2695  (tc == VariableArray || et->isVariablyModifiedType()),
2696  ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack),
2697  ElementType(et) {
2698  ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals = tq;
2699  ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier = sm;
2700  }
2701 
2702 public:
2703  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
2704 
2706  return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier);
2707  }
2708 
2710  return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
2711  }
2712 
2713  unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const {
2714  return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals;
2715  }
2716 
2717  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2718  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray ||
2719  T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray ||
2720  T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray ||
2721  T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
2722  }
2723 };
2724 
2725 /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size.
2726 /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a
2727 /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404.
2729  llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type.
2730 
2731  ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size,
2732  ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
2733  : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq,
2735  Size(size) {}
2736 
2737 protected:
2738  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2739 
2741  const llvm::APInt &size, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
2742  : ArrayType(tc, et, can, sm, tq, et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2743  Size(size) {}
2744 
2745 public:
2746  const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; }
2747  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2748  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2749 
2750  /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of
2751  // an array with the given element type and number of elements.
2752  static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context,
2753  QualType ElementType,
2754  const llvm::APInt &NumElements);
2755 
2756  /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size
2757  /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array.
2758  static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context);
2759 
2760  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2761  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSize(),
2762  getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
2763  }
2764 
2765  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET,
2766  const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
2767  unsigned TypeQuals) {
2768  ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr());
2769  ID.AddInteger(ArraySize.getZExtValue());
2770  ID.AddInteger(SizeMod);
2771  ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals);
2772  }
2773 
2774  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2775  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray;
2776  }
2777 };
2778 
2779 /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has
2780 /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is
2781 /// unspecified.
2783  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2784 
2786  ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
2787  : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq,
2788  et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {}
2789 
2790 public:
2791  friend class StmtIteratorBase;
2792 
2793  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2794  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2795 
2796  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2797  return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray;
2798  }
2799 
2800  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2801  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(),
2802  getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
2803  }
2804 
2805  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET,
2806  ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) {
2807  ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr());
2808  ID.AddInteger(SizeMod);
2809  ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals);
2810  }
2811 };
2812 
2813 /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an
2814 /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'.
2815 /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such.
2816 ///
2817 /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and
2818 /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean
2819 /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type
2820 /// dynamically:
2821 ///
2822 /// void foo(int x) {
2823 /// int Y[x];
2824 /// ++x;
2825 /// int Z[x];
2826 /// }
2828  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2829 
2830  /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within
2831  /// a function block.
2832  Stmt *SizeExpr;
2833 
2834  /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
2835  SourceRange Brackets;
2836 
2838  ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
2839  SourceRange brackets)
2840  : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq,
2841  et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2842  SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {}
2843 
2844 public:
2845  friend class StmtIteratorBase;
2846 
2847  Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
2848  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
2849  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
2850  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
2851  }
2852 
2853  SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
2854  SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
2855  SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }
2856 
2857  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2858  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2859 
2860  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2861  return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray;
2862  }
2863 
2864  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2865  llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.");
2866  }
2867 };
2868 
2869 /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression.
2870 ///
2871 /// For example:
2872 /// \code
2873 /// template<typename T, int Size>
2874 /// class array {
2875 /// T data[Size];
2876 /// };
2877 /// \endcode
2878 ///
2879 /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is
2880 /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will
2881 /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType.
2883  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2884 
2885  const ASTContext &Context;
2886 
2887  /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the
2888  /// size of the array.
2889  ///
2890  /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array
2891  /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer.
2892  Stmt *SizeExpr;
2893 
2894  /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
2895  SourceRange Brackets;
2896 
2897  DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can,
2898  Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
2899  SourceRange brackets);
2900 
2901 public:
2902  friend class StmtIteratorBase;
2903 
2904  Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
2905  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
2906  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
2907  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
2908  }
2909 
2910  SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
2911  SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
2912  SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }
2913 
2914  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2915  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2916 
2917  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2918  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
2919  }
2920 
2921  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2922  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(),
2923  getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr());
2924  }
2925 
2926  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
2927  QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
2928  unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E);
2929 };
2930 
2931 /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space
2932 /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a
2933 /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType.
2934 ///
2935 /// For example:
2936 /// \code
2937 /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace>
2938 /// class AddressSpace {
2939 /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type;
2940 /// }
2941 /// \endcode
2942 class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2943  friend class ASTContext;
2944 
2945  const ASTContext &Context;
2946  Expr *AddrSpaceExpr;
2947  QualType PointeeType;
2948  SourceLocation loc;
2949 
2950  DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType,
2951  QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr,
2952  SourceLocation loc);
2953 
2954 public:
2955  Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; }
2956  QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
2957  SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }
2958 
2959  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2960  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2961 
2962  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2963  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace;
2964  }
2965 
2966  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2967  Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr());
2968  }
2969 
2970  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
2971  QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr);
2972 };
2973 
2974 /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is
2975 /// dependent.
2976 ///
2977 /// For example:
2978 /// \code
2979 /// template<typename T, int Size>
2980 /// class vector {
2981 /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type;
2982 /// }
2983 /// \endcode
2984 class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2985  friend class ASTContext;
2986 
2987  const ASTContext &Context;
2988  Expr *SizeExpr;
2989 
2990  /// The element type of the array.
2991  QualType ElementType;
2992 
2993  SourceLocation loc;
2994 
2995  DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
2996  QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc);
2997 
2998 public:
2999  Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
3000  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
3001  SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }
3002 
3003  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3004  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3005 
3006  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3007  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector;
3008  }
3009 
3010  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
3011  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr());
3012  }
3013 
3014  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
3015  QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr);
3016 };
3017 
3018 
3019 /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using
3020 /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in
3021 /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration.
3022 /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the
3023 /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements.
3024 class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3025 public:
3026  enum VectorKind {
3027  /// not a target-specific vector type
3029 
3030  /// is AltiVec vector
3032 
3033  /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel'
3035 
3036  /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...'
3038 
3039  /// is ARM Neon vector
3041 
3042  /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector
3043  NeonPolyVector
3044  };
3045 
3046 protected:
3047  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
3048 
3049  /// The element type of the vector.
3051 
3052  VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType,
3053  VectorKind vecKind);
3054 
3055  VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements,
3056  QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind);
3057 
3058 public:
3059  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
3060  unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; }
3061 
3062  static bool isVectorSizeTooLarge(unsigned NumElements) {
3063  return NumElements > VectorTypeBitfields::MaxNumElements;
3064  }
3065 
3066  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3067  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3068 
3070  return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
3071  }
3072 
3073  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
3074  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(),
3075  getTypeClass(), getVectorKind());
3076  }
3077 
3078  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType,
3079  unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass,
3080  VectorKind VecKind) {
3081  ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr());
3082  ID.AddInteger(NumElements);
3083  ID.AddInteger(TypeClass);
3084  ID.AddInteger(VecKind);
3085  }
3086 
3087  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3088  return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
3089  }
3090 };
3091 
3092 /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent.
3093 ////
3094 /// For example:
3095 /// \code
3096 /// template<typename T, int Size>
3097 /// class vector {
3098 /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type;
3099 /// }
3100 /// \endcode
3101 class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3102  friend class ASTContext;
3103 
3104  const ASTContext &Context;
3105  QualType ElementType;
3106  Expr *SizeExpr;
3107  SourceLocation Loc;
3108 
3109  DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
3110  QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr,
3111  SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind);
3112 
3113 public:
3114  Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
3115  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
3116  SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; }
3118  return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
3119  }
3120 
3121  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3122  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3123 
3124  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3125  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector;
3126  }
3127 
3128  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
3129  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind());
3130  }
3131 
3132  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
3133  QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr,
3134  VectorType::VectorKind VecKind);
3135 };
3136 
3137 /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using
3138 /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements.
3139 /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This
3140 /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing
3141 /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL
3142 /// Shading Language).
3143 class ExtVectorType : public VectorType {
3144  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
3145 
3146  ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType)
3147  : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {}
3148 
3149 public:
3150  static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) {
3151  switch (c) {
3152  default: return -1;
3153  case 'x': case 'r': return 0;
3154  case 'y': case 'g': return 1;
3155  case 'z': case 'b': return 2;
3156  case 'w': case 'a': return 3;
3157  }
3158  }
3159 
3160  static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) {
3161  switch (c) {
3162  default: return -1;
3163  case '0': return 0;
3164  case '1': return 1;
3165  case '2': return 2;
3166  case '3': return 3;
3167  case '4': return 4;
3168  case '5': return 5;
3169  case '6': return 6;
3170  case '7': return 7;
3171  case '8': return 8;
3172  case '9': return 9;
3173  case 'A':
3174  case 'a': return 10;
3175  case 'B':
3176  case 'b': return 11;
3177  case 'C':
3178  case 'c': return 12;
3179  case 'D':
3180  case 'd': return 13;
3181  case 'E':
3182  case 'e': return 14;
3183  case 'F':
3184  case 'f': return 15;
3185  }
3186  }
3187 
3188  static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) {
3189  if (isNumericAccessor)
3190  return getNumericAccessorIdx(c);
3191  else
3192  return getPointAccessorIdx(c);
3193  }
3194 
3195  bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const {
3196  if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1)
3197  return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements();
3198  return false;
3199  }
3200 
3201  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3202  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3203 
3204  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3205  return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
3206  }
3207 };
3208 
3209 /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base
3210 /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType.
3211 class FunctionType : public Type {
3212  // The type returned by the function.
3213  QualType ResultType;
3214 
3215 public:
3216  /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for
3217  /// making a call.
3218  ///
3219  /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in
3220  /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the
3221  /// same bit-pattern.
3222  ///
3223  // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both,
3224  // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is
3225  // * Operator==
3226  // * getFoo
3227  // * withFoo
3228  // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo.
3229  // * ASTContext::getFooType
3230  // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes
3231  // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile
3232  // * FunctionProtoType::Profile
3233  // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto
3234  // * AST read and write
3235  // * Codegen
3236  class ExtInfo {
3237  friend class FunctionType;
3238 
3239  // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 12,
3240  // you'll need to adjust both the Bits field below and
3241  // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields.
3242 
3243  // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|
3244  // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 |
3245  //
3246  // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1.
3247  enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F };
3248  enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 };
3249  enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 };
3250  enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 };
3251  enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 };
3252  enum {
3253  RegParmMask = ~(CallConvMask | NoReturnMask | ProducesResultMask |
3254  NoCallerSavedRegsMask | NoCfCheckMask),
3255  RegParmOffset = 8
3256  }; // Assumed to be the last field
3257  uint16_t Bits = CC_C;
3258 
3259  ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {}
3260 
3261  public:
3262  // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you
3263  // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example).
3264  ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc,
3265  bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck) {
3266  assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value");
3267  Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) |
3268  (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) |
3269  (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) |
3270  (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) |
3271  (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0);
3272  }
3273 
3274  // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a
3275  // function known to use defaults.
3276  ExtInfo() = default;
3277 
3278  // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part
3279  // of the canonical type.
3280  ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {}
3281 
3282  bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; }
3283  bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; }
3284  bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; }
3285  bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; }
3286  bool getHasRegParm() const { return (Bits >> RegParmOffset) != 0; }
3287 
3288  unsigned getRegParm() const {
3289  unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset;
3290  if (RegParm > 0)
3291  --RegParm;
3292  return RegParm;
3293  }
3294 
3295  CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); }
3296 
3297  bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const {
3298  return Bits == Other.Bits;
3299  }
3300  bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const {
3301  return Bits != Other.Bits;
3302  }
3303 
3304  // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use
3305  // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects.
3306 
3307  ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const {
3308  if (noReturn)
3309  return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask);
3310  else
3311  return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask);
3312  }
3313 
3314  ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const {
3315  if (producesResult)
3316  return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask);
3317  else
3318  return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask);
3319  }
3320 
3321  ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const {
3322  if (noCallerSavedRegs)
3323  return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
3324  else
3325  return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
3326  }
3327 
3328  ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const {
3329  if (noCfCheck)
3330  return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask);
3331  else
3332  return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask);
3333  }
3334 
3335  ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const {
3336  assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value");
3337  return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) |
3338  ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset));
3339  }
3340 
3342  return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc);
3343  }
3344 
3345  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
3346  ID.AddInteger(Bits);
3347  }
3348  };
3349 
3350 protected:
3352  QualType Canonical, bool Dependent,
3353  bool InstantiationDependent,
3354  bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
3355  ExtInfo Info)
3356  : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified,
3357  ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack),
3358  ResultType(res) {
3359  FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits;
3360  }
3361 
3362  unsigned getTypeQuals() const { return FunctionTypeBits.TypeQuals; }
3363 
3364 public:
3365  QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; }
3366 
3367  bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); }
3368  unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); }
3369 
3370  /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn
3371  /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function
3372  /// type.
3373  bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); }
3374 
3375  CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); }
3376  ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); }
3377  bool isConst() const { return getTypeQuals() & Qualifiers::Const; }
3378  bool isVolatile() const { return getTypeQuals() & Qualifiers::Volatile; }
3379  bool isRestrict() const { return getTypeQuals() & Qualifiers::Restrict; }
3380 
3381  /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of
3382  /// this type.
3383  QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
3384  return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
3385  }
3386 
3387  static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC);
3388 
3389  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3390  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto ||
3391  T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
3392  }
3393 };
3394 
3395 /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has
3396 /// no information available about its arguments.
3397 class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3398  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
3399 
3401  : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical,
3402  /*Dependent=*/false, /*InstantiationDependent=*/false,
3403  Result->isVariablyModifiedType(),
3404  /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false, Info) {}
3405 
3406 public:
3407  // No additional state past what FunctionType provides.
3408 
3409  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3410  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3411 
3412  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
3413  Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo());
3414  }
3415 
3416  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType,
3417  ExtInfo Info) {
3418  Info.Profile(ID);
3419  ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr());
3420  }
3421 
3422  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3423  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto;
3424  }
3425 };
3426 
3427 /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g.
3428 /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no
3429 /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have an
3430 /// exception specification, but this specification is not part of the canonical
3431 /// type.
3432 class FunctionProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3433 public:
3434  /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply
3435  /// be reflected in parameter's type.
3436  ///
3437  /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some
3438  /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that
3439  /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed
3440  /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default)
3441  /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type,
3442  /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type.
3443  ///
3444  /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is
3445  /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt
3446  /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will
3447  /// not be able to match a parameter declared as
3448  /// T (*)(U)
3449  /// against an argument of type
3450  /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id)
3451  /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will
3452  /// not produce the latter.
3454  enum {
3455  ABIMask = 0x0F,
3456  IsConsumed = 0x10,
3457  HasPassObjSize = 0x20,
3458  IsNoEscape = 0x40,
3459  };
3460  unsigned char Data = 0;
3461 
3462  public:
3463  ExtParameterInfo() = default;
3464 
3465  /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter.
3467  return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask);
3468  }
3470  ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
3471  copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind);
3472  return copy;
3473  }
3474 
3475  /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC?
3476  /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type.
3477  bool isConsumed() const {
3478  return (Data & IsConsumed);
3479  }
3480  ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const {
3481  ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
3482  if (consumed) {
3483  copy.Data |= IsConsumed;
3484  } else {
3485  copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed;
3486  }
3487  return copy;
3488  }
3489 
3490  bool hasPassObjectSize() const {
3491  return Data & HasPassObjSize;
3492  }
3494  ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
3495  Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize;
3496  return Copy;
3497  }
3498 
3499  bool isNoEscape() const {
3500  return Data & IsNoEscape;
3501  }
3502 
3503  ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const {
3504  ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
3505  if (NoEscape)
3506  Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape;
3507  else
3508  Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape;
3509  return Copy;
3510  }
3511 
3512  unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; }
3513  static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) {
3514  ExtParameterInfo result;
3515  result.Data = data;
3516  return result;
3517  }
3518 
3520  return lhs.Data == rhs.Data;
3521  }
3523  return lhs.Data != rhs.Data;
3524  }
3525  };
3526 
3528  /// The kind of exception specification this is.
3530 
3531  /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types.
3533 
3534  /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification.
3535  Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr;
3536 
3537  /// The function whose exception specification this is, for
3538  /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated.
3539  FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr;
3540 
3541  /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated
3542  /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated.
3543  FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr;
3544 
3545  ExceptionSpecInfo() = default;
3546 
3548  };
3549 
3550  /// Extra information about a function prototype.
3551  struct ExtProtoInfo {
3553  bool Variadic : 1;
3555  unsigned char TypeQuals = 0;
3556  RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None;
3558  const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr;
3559 
3561  : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}
3562 
3564  : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}
3565 
3567  ExtProtoInfo Result(*this);
3568  Result.ExceptionSpec = O;
3569  return Result;
3570  }
3571  };
3572 
3573 private:
3574  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
3575 
3576  /// Determine whether there are any argument types that
3577  /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack.
3578  static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray,
3579  unsigned numArgs) {
3580  for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx)
3581  if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
3582  return true;
3583 
3584  return false;
3585  }
3586 
3588  QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi);
3589 
3590  /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'.
3591  unsigned NumParams : 15;
3592 
3593  /// The number of types in the exception spec, if any.
3594  unsigned NumExceptions : 9;
3595 
3596  /// The type of exception specification this function has.
3597  unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4;
3598 
3599  /// Whether this function has extended parameter information.
3600  unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1;
3601 
3602  /// Whether the function is variadic.
3603  unsigned Variadic : 1;
3604 
3605  /// Whether this function has a trailing return type.
3606  unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1;
3607 
3608  // ParamInfo - There is an variable size array after the class in memory that
3609  // holds the parameter types.
3610 
3611  // Exceptions - There is another variable size array after ArgInfo that
3612  // holds the exception types.
3613 
3614  // NoexceptExpr - Instead of Exceptions, there may be a single Expr* pointing
3615  // to the expression in the noexcept() specifier.
3616 
3617  // ExceptionSpecDecl, ExceptionSpecTemplate - Instead of Exceptions, there may
3618  // be a pair of FunctionDecl* pointing to the function which should be used to
3619  // instantiate this function type's exception specification, and the function
3620  // from which it should be instantiated.
3621 
3622  // ExtParameterInfos - A variable size array, following the exception
3623  // specification and of length NumParams, holding an ExtParameterInfo
3624  // for each of the parameters. This only appears if HasExtParameterInfos
3625  // is true.
3626 
3627  const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosBuffer() const {
3628  assert(hasExtParameterInfos());
3629 
3630  // Find the end of the exception specification.
3631  const auto *ptr = reinterpret_cast<const char *>(exception_begin());
3632  ptr += getExceptionSpecSize();
3633 
3634  return reinterpret_cast<const ExtParameterInfo *>(ptr);
3635  }
3636 
3637  static size_t getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3638  unsigned NumExceptions) {
3639  switch (EST) {
3640  case EST_None:
3641  case EST_DynamicNone:
3642  case EST_MSAny:
3643  case EST_BasicNoexcept:
3644  case EST_Unparsed:
3645  return 0;
3646 
3647  case EST_Dynamic:
3648  return NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
3649 
3650  case EST_DependentNoexcept:
3651  case EST_NoexceptFalse:
3652  case EST_NoexceptTrue:
3653  return sizeof(Expr *);
3654 
3655  case EST_Uninstantiated:
3656  return 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl *);
3657 
3658  case EST_Unevaluated:
3659  return sizeof(FunctionDecl *);
3660  }
3661  llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind");
3662  }
3663  size_t getExceptionSpecSize() const {
3664  return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions());
3665  }
3666 
3667 public:
3668  unsigned getNumParams() const { return NumParams; }
3669 
3670  QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const {
3671  assert(i < NumParams && "invalid parameter index");
3672  return param_type_begin()[i];
3673  }
3674 
3676  return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
3677  }
3678 
3680  ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3681  EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo();
3682  EPI.Variadic = isVariadic();
3683  EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn();
3684  EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
3685  EPI.TypeQuals = static_cast<unsigned char>(getTypeQuals());
3686  EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier();
3687  if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
3688  EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = exceptions();
3689  } else if (isComputedNoexcept(EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type)) {
3690  EPI.ExceptionSpec.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr();
3691  } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) {
3692  EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
3693  EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate();
3694  } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Unevaluated) {
3695  EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
3696  }
3697  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
3698  EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosBuffer();
3699  return EPI;
3700  }
3701 
3702  /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function.
3704  return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>(ExceptionSpecType);
3705  }
3706 
3707  /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec.
3708  bool hasExceptionSpec() const {
3709  return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None;
3710  }
3711 
3712  /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec.
3714  return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
3715  }
3716 
3717  /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec.
3719  return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
3720  }
3721 
3722  /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec.
3723  bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const;
3724 
3725  /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception
3726  /// spec.
3727  bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const;
3728 
3729  unsigned getNumExceptions() const { return NumExceptions; }
3730  QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const {
3731  assert(i < NumExceptions && "Invalid exception number!");
3732  return exception_begin()[i];
3733  }
3735  if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType()))
3736  return nullptr;
3737  // NoexceptExpr sits where the arguments end.
3738  return *reinterpret_cast<Expr *const *>(param_type_end());
3739  }
3740 
3741  /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't
3742  /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because
3743  /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception
3744  /// specification is represented by this type.
3746  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated &&
3747  getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated)
3748  return nullptr;
3749  return reinterpret_cast<FunctionDecl *const *>(param_type_end())[0];
3750  }
3751 
3752  /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception
3753  /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification
3754  /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for
3755  /// this type.
3757  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated)
3758  return nullptr;
3759  return reinterpret_cast<FunctionDecl *const *>(param_type_end())[1];
3760  }
3761 
3762  /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
3763  /// specification.
3764  CanThrowResult canThrow() const;
3765 
3766  /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
3767  /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns
3768  /// \c ResultIfDependent.
3769  bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const {
3770  return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can
3771  : canThrow() == CT_Cannot;
3772  }
3773 
3774  bool isVariadic() const { return Variadic; }
3775 
3776  /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a
3777  /// parameter pack at the end.
3778  ///
3779  /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be
3780  /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic
3781  /// function.
3782  bool isTemplateVariadic() const;
3783 
3784  bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return HasTrailingReturn; }
3785 
3786  unsigned getTypeQuals() const { return FunctionType::getTypeQuals(); }
3787 
3788  /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type.
3790  return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier);
3791  }
3792 
3794  using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>;
3795 
3797  return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
3798  }
3799 
3801  return reinterpret_cast<const QualType *>(this+1);
3802  }
3803 
3805  return param_type_begin() + NumParams;
3806  }
3807 
3808  using exception_iterator = const QualType *;
3809 
3811  return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end());
3812  }
3813 
3815  // exceptions begin where arguments end
3816  return param_type_end();
3817  }
3818 
3820  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Dynamic)
3821  return exception_begin();
3822  return exception_begin() + NumExceptions;
3823  }
3824 
3825  /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters
3826  /// of this function type?
3827  bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { return HasExtParameterInfos; }
3829  assert(hasExtParameterInfos());
3830  return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getExtParameterInfosBuffer(),
3831  getNumParams());
3832  }
3833 
3834  /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter
3835  /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters
3836  /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos.
3838  if (!hasExtParameterInfos())
3839  return nullptr;
3840  return getExtParameterInfosBuffer();
3841  }
3842 
3844  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range");
3845  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
3846  return getExtParameterInfosBuffer()[I];
3847  return ExtParameterInfo();
3848  }
3849 
3850  ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const {
3851  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range");
3852  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
3853  return getExtParameterInfosBuffer()[I].getABI();
3854  return ParameterABI::Ordinary;
3855  }
3856 
3857  bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const {
3858  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range");
3859  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
3860  return getExtParameterInfosBuffer()[I].isConsumed();
3861  return false;
3862  }
3863 
3864  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3865  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3866 
3867  void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS,
3868  const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
3869 
3870  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3871  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
3872  }
3873 
3874  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx);
3875  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result,
3876  param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs,
3877  const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context,
3878  bool Canonical);
3879 };
3880 
3881 /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped
3882 /// typename using declaration, e.g.
3883 /// using typename Base<T>::foo;
3884 ///
3885 /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type.
3886 class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type {
3887  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
3888 
3890 
3892  : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), true, true, false,
3893  /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
3894  Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl*>(D)) {}
3895 
3896 public:
3897  UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }
3898 
3899  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3900  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3901 
3902  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3903  return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing;
3904  }
3905 
3906  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
3907  return Profile(ID, Decl);
3908  }
3909 
3910  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
3912  ID.AddPointer(D);
3913  }
3914 };
3915 
3916 class TypedefType : public Type {
3918 
3919 protected:
3920  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
3921 
3923  : Type(tc, can, can->isDependentType(),
3924  can->isInstantiationDependentType(),
3925  can->isVariablyModifiedType(),
3926  /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
3927  Decl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(D)) {
3928  assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type");
3929  }
3930 
3931 public:
3932  TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }
3933 
3934  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
3935  QualType desugar() const;
3936 
3937  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; }
3938 };
3939 
3940 /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension).
3941 class TypeOfExprType : public Type {
3942  Expr *TOExpr;
3943 
3944 protected:
3945  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
3946 
3947  TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType());
3948 
3949 public:
3950  Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; }
3951 
3952  /// Remove a single level of sugar.
3953  QualType desugar() const;
3954 
3955  /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
3956  bool isSugared() const;
3957 
3958  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; }
3959 };
3960 
3961 /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
3962 /// `typeof(expr)` types.
3963 ///
3964 /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
3965 /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
3966 /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes.
3968  : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3969  const ASTContext &Context;
3970 
3971 public:
3973  : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {}
3974 
3975  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
3976  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
3977  }
3978 
3979  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
3980  Expr *E);
3981 };
3982 
3983 /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension.
3984 class TypeOfType : public Type {
3985  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
3986 
3987  QualType TOType;
3988 
3989  TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can)
3990  : Type(TypeOf, can, T->isDependentType(),
3991  T->isInstantiationDependentType(),
3992  T->isVariablyModifiedType(),
3993  T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
3994  TOType(T) {
3995  assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type");
3996  }
3997 
3998 public:
3999  QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; }
4000 
4001  /// Remove a single level of sugar.
4002  QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); }
4003 
4004  /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
4005  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
4006 
4007  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; }
4008 };
4009 
4010 /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11).
4011 class DecltypeType : public Type {
4012  Expr *E;
4013  QualType UnderlyingType;
4014 
4015 protected:
4016  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
4017 
4018  DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType());
4019 
4020 public:
4021  Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; }
4022  QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }
4023 
4024  /// Remove a single level of sugar.
4025  QualType desugar() const;
4026 
4027  /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
4028  bool isSugared() const;
4029 
4030  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; }
4031 };
4032 
4033 /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4034 /// decltype(expr) types.
4035 ///
4036 /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4037 /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4038 /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes.
4039 class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4040  const ASTContext &Context;
4041 
4042 public:
4043  DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E);
4044 
4045  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4046  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
4047  }
4048 
4049  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
4050  Expr *E);
4051 };
4052 
4053 /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another.
4054 class UnaryTransformType : public Type {
4055 public:
4056  enum UTTKind {
4057  EnumUnderlyingType
4058  };
4059 
4060 private:
4061  /// The untransformed type.
4062  QualType BaseType;
4063 
4064  /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType.
4065  QualType UnderlyingType;
4066 
4067  UTTKind UKind;
4068 
4069 protected:
4070  friend class ASTContext;
4071 
4072  UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind,
4073  QualType CanonicalTy);
4074 
4075 public:
4076  bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); }
4077  QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; }
4078 
4079  QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }
4080  QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }
4081 
4082  UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; }
4083 
4084  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4085  return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform;
4086  }
4087 };
4088 
4089 /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4090 /// __underlying_type(type) types.
4091 ///
4092 /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4093 /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4094 /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes.
4096  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4097 public:
4099  UTTKind UKind);
4100 
4101  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4102  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind());
4103  }
4104 
4105  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType,
4106  UTTKind UKind) {
4107  ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr());
4108  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind);
4109  }
4110 };
4111 
4112 class TagType : public Type {
4113  friend class ASTReader;
4114 
4115  /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any
4116  /// TagDecl that declares the entity.
4117  TagDecl *decl;
4118 
4119 protected:
4120  TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can);
4121 
4122 public:
4123  TagDecl *getDecl() const;
4124 
4125  /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined.
4126  bool isBeingDefined() const;
4127 
4128  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4129  return T->getTypeClass() >= TagFirst && T->getTypeClass() <= TagLast;
4130  }
4131 };
4132 
4133 /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4134 /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes.
4135 class RecordType : public TagType {
4136 protected:
4137  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
4138 
4139  explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D)
4140  : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}
4142  : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}
4143 
4144 public:
4145  RecordDecl *getDecl() const {
4146  return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
4147  }
4148 
4149  /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field
4150  /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false.
4151  bool hasConstFields() const;
4152 
4153  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
4154  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
4155 
4156  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; }
4157 };
4158 
4159 /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4160 /// to detect TagType objects of enums.
4161 class EnumType : public TagType {
4162  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
4163 
4164  explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D)
4165  : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}
4166 
4167 public:
4168  EnumDecl *getDecl() const {
4169  return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
4170  }
4171 
4172  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
4173  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
4174 
4175  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; }
4176 };
4177 
4178 /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied.
4179 ///
4180 /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed
4181 /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the
4182 /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type
4183 /// which the type is canonically equivalent to.
4184 ///
4185 /// For example, in the following attributed type:
4186 /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16)))
4187 /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t
4188 /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t)
4189 /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int)
4190 class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4191 public:
4192  // It is really silly to have yet another attribute-kind enum, but
4193  // clang::attr::Kind doesn't currently cover the pure type attrs.
4194  enum Kind {
4195  // Expression operand.
4201 
4202  FirstExprOperandKind = attr_address_space,
4203  LastExprOperandKind = attr_neon_polyvector_type,
4204 
4205  // Enumerated operand (string or keyword).
4210 
4211  FirstEnumOperandKind = attr_objc_gc,
4212  LastEnumOperandKind = attr_pcs_vfp,
4213 
4214  // No operand.
4241  };
4242 
4243 private:
4244  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
4245 
4246  QualType ModifiedType;
4247  QualType EquivalentType;
4248 
4249  AttributedType(QualType canon, Kind attrKind, QualType modified,
4250  QualType equivalent)
4251  : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->isDependentType(),
4252  equivalent->isInstantiationDependentType(),
4253  equivalent->isVariablyModifiedType(),
4254  equivalent->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
4255  ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) {
4256  AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind;
4257  }
4258 
4259 public:
4260  Kind getAttrKind() const {
4261  return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind);
4262  }
4263 
4264  QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; }
4265  QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; }
4266 
4267  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
4268  QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); }
4269 
4270  /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier?
4271  ///
4272  /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for
4273  /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers.
4274  /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability,
4275  /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still
4276  /// largely described by the modified type.
4277  ///
4278  /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to
4279  /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any
4280  /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention
4281  /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers.
4282  ///
4283  /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical
4284  /// type.
4285  bool isQualifier() const;
4286 
4287  bool isMSTypeSpec() const;
4288 
4289  bool isCallingConv() const;
4290 
4291  llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const;
4292 
4293  /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given
4294  /// nullability kind.
4296  switch (kind) {
4298  return attr_nonnull;
4299 
4301  return attr_nullable;
4302 
4304  return attr_null_unspecified;
4305  }
4306  llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.");
4307  }
4308 
4309  /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given
4310  /// type, if it's there.
4311  ///
4312  /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an
4313  /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through
4314  /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed
4315  /// to the underlying modified type.
4316  ///
4317  /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present.
4318  static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T);
4319 
4320  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4321  Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType);
4322  }
4323 
4324  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind,
4325  QualType modified, QualType equivalent) {
4326  ID.AddInteger(attrKind);
4327  ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr());
4328  ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr());
4329  }
4330 
4331  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4332  return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed;
4333  }
4334 };
4335 
4336 class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4337  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
4338 
4339  // Helper data collector for canonical types.
4340  struct CanonicalTTPTInfo {
4341  unsigned Depth : 15;
4342  unsigned ParameterPack : 1;
4343  unsigned Index : 16;
4344  };
4345 
4346  union {
4347  // Info for the canonical type.
4348  CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo;
4349 
4350  // Info for the non-canonical type.
4352  };
4353 
4354  /// Build a non-canonical type.
4356  : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, /*Dependent=*/true,
4357  /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
4358  /*VariablyModified=*/false,
4359  Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
4360  TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {}
4361 
4362  /// Build the canonical type.
4363  TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP)
4364  : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0),
4365  /*Dependent=*/true,
4366  /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
4367  /*VariablyModified=*/false, PP) {
4368  CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D;
4369  CanTTPTInfo.Index = I;
4370  CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP;
4371  }
4372 
4373  const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const {
4374  QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal();
4375  return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo;
4376  }
4377 
4378 public:
4379  unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; }
4380  unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; }
4381  bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; }
4382 
4384  return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl;
4385  }
4386 
4387  IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const;
4388 
4389  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
4390  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
4391 
4392  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4393  Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl());
4394  }
4395 
4396  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth,
4397  unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack,
4398  TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) {
4399  ID.AddInteger(Depth);
4400  ID.AddInteger(Index);
4401  ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack);
4402  ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl);
4403  }
4404 
4405  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4406  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm;
4407  }
4408 };
4409 
4410 /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template
4411 /// type parameter.
4412 ///
4413 /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have
4414 /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a
4415 /// type was originally written as a template type parameter;
4416 /// therefore they are never canonical.
4417 class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4418  friend class ASTContext;
4419 
4420  // The original type parameter.
4421  const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;
4422 
4424  : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->isDependentType(),
4425  Canon->isInstantiationDependentType(),
4426  Canon->isVariablyModifiedType(),
4427  Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
4428  Replaced(Param) {}
4429 
4430 public:
4431  /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
4433  return Replaced;
4434  }
4435 
4436  /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template
4437  /// parameter.
4439  return getCanonicalTypeInternal();
4440  }
4441 
4442  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
4443  QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); }
4444 
4445  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4446  Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType());
4447  }
4448 
4449  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
4450  const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
4452  ID.AddPointer(Replaced);
4453  ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr());
4454  }
4455 
4456  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4457  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm;
4458  }
4459 };
4460 
4461 /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template
4462 /// type parameter pack.
4463 ///
4464 /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs
4465 /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template
4466 /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type
4467 /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack
4468 /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself
4469 /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into
4470 /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding
4471 /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType
4472 /// at the current pack substitution index.
4473 class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4474  friend class ASTContext;
4475 
4476  /// The original type parameter.
4477  const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;
4478 
4479  /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this
4480  /// parameter pack is instantiated with.
4481  const TemplateArgument *Arguments;
4482 
4483  /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments.
4484  unsigned NumArguments;
4485 
4487  QualType Canon,
4488  const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);
4489 
4490 public:
4491  IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); }
4492 
4493  /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
4495  return Replaced;
4496  }
4497 
4498  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
4499  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
4500 
4501  TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const;
4502 
4503  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
4504  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
4505  const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
4506  const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);
4507 
4508  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4509  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack;
4510  }
4511 };
4512 
4513 /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by
4514 /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced
4515 /// class template types, and (eventually) constrained type names from the C++
4516 /// Concepts TS.
4517 ///
4518 /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before
4519 /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is
4520 /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In
4521 /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type.
4522 class DeducedType : public Type {
4523 protected:
4524  DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, bool IsDependent,
4525  bool IsInstantiationDependent, bool ContainsParameterPack)
4526  : Type(TC,
4527  // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type?
4528  DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0)
4529  : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(),
4530  IsDependent, IsInstantiationDependent,
4531  /*VariablyModified=*/false, ContainsParameterPack) {
4532  if (!DeducedAsType.isNull()) {
4533  if (DeducedAsType->isDependentType())
4534  setDependent();
4535  if (DeducedAsType->isInstantiationDependentType())
4536  setInstantiationDependent();
4537  if (DeducedAsType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
4538  setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack();
4539  }
4540  }
4541 
4542 public:
4543  bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); }
4544  QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }
4545 
4546  /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's
4547  /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type.
4549  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType();
4550  }
4551  bool isDeduced() const {
4552  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType();
4553  }
4554 
4555  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4556  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto ||
4557  T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
4558  }
4559 };
4560 
4561 /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type.
4562 class AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4563  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
4564 
4565  AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword,
4566  bool IsDeducedAsDependent)
4567  : DeducedType(Auto, DeducedAsType, IsDeducedAsDependent,
4568  IsDeducedAsDependent, /*ContainsPack=*/false) {
4569  AutoTypeBits.Keyword = (unsigned)Keyword;
4570  }
4571 
4572 public:
4573  bool isDecltypeAuto() const {
4574  return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto;
4575  }
4576 
4578  return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword;
4579  }
4580 
4581  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4582  Profile(ID, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType());
4583  }
4584 
4585  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Deduced,
4586  AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent) {
4587  ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr());
4588  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)Keyword);
4589  ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent);
4590  }
4591 
4592  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4593  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto;
4594  }
4595 };
4596 
4597 /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type.
4599  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4600  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
4601 
4602  /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced.
4603  TemplateName Template;
4604 
4606  QualType DeducedAsType,
4607  bool IsDeducedAsDependent)
4608  : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType,
4609  IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isDependent(),
4610  IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isInstantiationDependent(),
4611  Template.containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
4612  Template(Template) {}
4613 
4614 public:
4615  /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing.
4616  TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;}
4617 
4618  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4619  Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType());
4620  }
4621 
4622  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template,
4623  QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) {
4624  Template.Profile(ID);
4625  ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr());
4626  ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent);
4627  }
4628 
4629  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4630  return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
4631  }
4632 };
4633 
4634 /// Represents a type template specialization; the template
4635 /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template
4636 /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of
4637 /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope
4638 /// specifier, is instead represented as a
4639 /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType.
4640 ///
4641 /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar",
4642 /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template
4643 /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for
4644 /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>>
4645 ///
4646 /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or
4647 /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the
4648 /// type may also be canonical.
4649 ///
4650 /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of
4651 /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the
4652 /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias
4653 /// template.
4655  : public Type,
4656  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4657  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
4658 
4659  /// The name of the template being specialized. This is
4660  /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a
4661  /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a
4662  /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a
4663  /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a
4664  /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the
4665  /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these).
4666  TemplateName Template;
4667 
4668  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
4669  /// specialization.
4670  unsigned NumArgs : 31;
4671 
4672  /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias.
4673  unsigned TypeAlias : 1;
4674 
4677  QualType Canon,
4678  QualType Aliased);
4679 
4680 public:
4681  /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent.
4682  static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
4683  bool &InstantiationDependent);
4684 
4685  static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &,
4686  bool &InstantiationDependent);
4687 
4688  /// True if this template specialization type matches a current
4689  /// instantiation in the context in which it is found.
4690  bool isCurrentInstantiation() const {
4691  return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal());
4692  }
4693 
4694  /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias
4695  /// template that has been substituted.
4696  ///
4697  /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias
4698  /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when
4699  /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias
4700  /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g.,
4701  ///
4702  /// \code
4703  /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S;
4704  /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>;
4705  /// template<typename... Ts> struct X {
4706  /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias
4707  /// };
4708  /// \endcode
4709  bool isTypeAlias() const { return TypeAlias; }
4710 
4711  /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias
4712  /// template.
4714  assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization");
4715  return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end());
4716  }
4717 
4718  using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;
4719 
4720  iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
4721  iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h
4722 
4723  /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing.
4724  TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; }
4725 
4726  /// Retrieve the template arguments.
4727  const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
4728  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1);
4729  }
4730 
4731  /// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
4732  unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; }
4733 
4734  /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type.
4735  /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg)
4736  const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h
4737 
4739  return {getArgs(), NumArgs};
4740  }
4741 
4742  bool isSugared() const {
4743  return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias();
4744  }
4745 
4746  QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }
4747 
4748  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
4749  Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx);
4750  if (isTypeAlias())
4751  getAliasedType().Profile(ID);
4752  }
4753 
4754  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T,
4756  const ASTContext &Context);
4757 
4758  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4759  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization;
4760  }
4761 };
4762 
4763 /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>'
4764 /// enclosing the template arguments.
4765 void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
4767  const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
4768 
4769 void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
4771  const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
4772 
4773 void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
4774  const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
4775  const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
4776 
4777 /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class
4778 /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was
4779 /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the
4780 /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType.
4781 ///
4782 /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template
4783 /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes.
4784 ///
4785 /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works
4786 /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type
4787 /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same
4788 /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template
4789 /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name
4790 /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated
4791 /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization
4792 /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate
4793 /// according to the rules of the language).
4794 class InjectedClassNameType : public Type {
4795  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
4796  friend class ASTNodeImporter;
4797  friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not
4798  // currently suitable for AST reading, too much
4799  // interdependencies.
4800 
4802 
4803  /// The template specialization which this type represents.
4804  /// For example, in
4805  /// template <class T> class A { ... };
4806  /// this is A<T>, whereas in
4807  /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... };
4808  /// this is A<B<X,Y> >.
4809  ///
4810  /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type,
4811  /// and always dependent.
4812  QualType InjectedType;
4813 
4815  : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/true,
4816  /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
4817  /*VariablyModified=*/false,
4818  /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
4819  Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) {
4820  assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST));
4821  assert(!TST.hasQualifiers());
4822  assert(TST->isDependentType());
4823  }
4824 
4825 public:
4826  QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; }
4827 
4829  return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr());
4830  }
4831 
4833  return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName();
4834  }
4835 
4836  CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const;
4837 
4838  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
4839  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
4840 
4841  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4842  return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName;
4843  }
4844 };
4845 
4846 /// The kind of a tag type.
4848  /// The "struct" keyword.
4850 
4851  /// The "__interface" keyword.
4853 
4854  /// The "union" keyword.
4856 
4857  /// The "class" keyword.
4859 
4860  /// The "enum" keyword.
4862 };
4863 
4864 /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or
4865 /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier.
4867  /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
4869 
4870  /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
4872 
4873  /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
4875 
4876  /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
4878 
4879  /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
4881 
4882  /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g.,
4883  /// \c typename T::type.
4885 
4886  /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name.
4888 };
4889 
4890 /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword.
4891 /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class.
4892 /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing
4893 /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations.
4894 class TypeWithKeyword : public Type {
4895 protected:
4897  QualType Canonical, bool Dependent,
4898  bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified,
4899  bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
4900  : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified,
4901  ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) {
4902  TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword;
4903  }
4904 
4905 public:
4907  return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword);
4908  }
4909 
4910  /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword.
4911  static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);
4912 
4913  /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind.
4914  /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here.
4915  static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);
4916 
4917  /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword.
4918  static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag);
4919 
4920  /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind.
4921  /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword
4922  /// which *isn't* a tag kind here.
4923  static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);
4924 
4925  static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);
4926 
4927  static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);
4928 
4930  return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind));
4931  }
4932 
4934  static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *);
4935 };
4936 
4937 /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type
4938 /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type,
4939 /// or both.
4940 ///
4941 /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the
4942 /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers.
4943 /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written
4944 /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information.
4945 class ElaboratedType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4946  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
4947 
4948  /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
4949  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;
4950 
4951  /// The type that this qualified name refers to.
4952  QualType NamedType;
4953 
4954  /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence, or nullptr
4955  /// if none.
4956  TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl;
4957 
4959  QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl)
4960  : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType,
4961  NamedType->isDependentType(),
4962  NamedType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
4963  NamedType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
4964  NamedType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
4965  NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType), OwnedTagDecl(OwnedTagDecl) {
4966  assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&
4967  "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "
4968  "and name qualifier both null.");
4969  }
4970 
4971 public:
4972  ~ElaboratedType();
4973 
4974  /// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
4975  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
4976 
4977  /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
4978  QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; }
4979 
4980  /// Remove a single level of sugar.
4981  QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); }
4982 
4983  /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
4984  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
4985 
4986  /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this
4987  /// type, or nullptr if none.
4988  TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { return OwnedTagDecl; }
4989 
4990  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4991  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, OwnedTagDecl);
4992  }
4993 
4994  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
4995  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType,
4996  TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) {
4997  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
4998  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
4999  NamedType.Profile(ID);
5000  ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl);
5001  }
5002 
5003  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5004  return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated;
5005  }
5006 };
5007 
5008 /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is
5009 /// dependent.
5010 ///
5011 /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a
5012 /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a
5013 /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a
5014 /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a
5015 /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we
5016 /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier).
5017 /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility
5018 /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until
5019 /// instantiation.
5020 class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5021  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
5022 
5023  /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
5024  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;
5025 
5026  /// The type that this typename specifier refers to.
5027  const IdentifierInfo *Name;
5028 
5030  const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType)
5031  : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, /*Dependent=*/true,
5032  /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
5033  /*VariablyModified=*/false,
5034  NNS->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
5035  NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {}
5036 
5037 public:
5038  /// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
5039  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
5040 
5041  /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier.
5042  ///
5043  /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the
5044  /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier,
5045  /// e.g., "typename T::type".
5047  return Name;
5048  }
5049 
5050  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
5051  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
5052 
5053  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
5054  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name);
5055  }
5056 
5057  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5058  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
5059  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
5060  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
5061  ID.AddPointer(Name);
5062  }
5063 
5064  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5065  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName;
5066  }
5067 };
5068 
5069 /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be
5070 /// resolved, e.g.
5071 /// A<T>::template B<T>
5073  : public TypeWithKeyword,
5074  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5075  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
5076 
5077  /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
5078  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;
5079 
5080  /// The identifier of the template.
5081  const IdentifierInfo *Name;
5082 
5083  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
5084  /// specialization.
5085  unsigned NumArgs;
5086 
5088  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
5089  const IdentifierInfo *Name,
5091  QualType Canon);
5092 
5093  const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const {
5094  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
5095  }
5096 
5097  TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() {
5098  return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
5099  }
5100 
5101 public:
5102  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
5103  const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; }
5104 
5105  /// Retrieve the template arguments.
5106  const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
5107  return getArgBuffer();
5108  }
5109 
5110  /// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
5111  unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; }
5112 
5113  const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h
5114 
5116  return {getArgs(), NumArgs};
5117  }
5118 
5119  using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;
5120 
5121  iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
5122  iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h
5123 
5124  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
5125  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
5126 
5127  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) {
5128  Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), NumArgs});
5129  }
5130 
5131  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
5132  const ASTContext &Context,
5133  ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5134  NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
5135  const IdentifierInfo *Name,
5137 
5138  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5139  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization;
5140  }
5141 };
5142 
5143 /// Represents a pack expansion of types.
5144 ///
5145 /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack
5146 /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more
5147 /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion
5148 /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of
5149 /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the
5150 /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The
5151 /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded
5152 /// parameter packs.
5153 ///
5154 /// \code
5155 /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple;
5156 ///
5157 /// template<typename ...Types>
5158 /// struct tuple_of_references {
5159 /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type;
5160 /// };
5161 /// \endcode
5162 ///
5163 /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a
5164 /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&.
5165 class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5166  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
5167 
5168  /// The pattern of the pack expansion.
5169  QualType Pattern;
5170 
5171  /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will
5172  /// generate when substituted (+1), or indicates that
5173  ///
5174  /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter
5175  /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others have
5176  /// not.
5177  unsigned NumExpansions;
5178 
5179  PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon,
5180  Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions)
5181  : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, /*Dependent=*/Pattern->isDependentType(),
5182  /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
5183  /*VariablyModified=*/Pattern->isVariablyModifiedType(),
5184  /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
5185  Pattern(Pattern),
5186  NumExpansions(NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0) {}
5187 
5188 public:
5189  /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the
5190  /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the
5191  /// pack expansion itself.
5192  QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; }
5193 
5194  /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will
5195  /// generate, if known.
5197  if (NumExpansions)
5198  return NumExpansions - 1;
5199 
5200  return None;
5201  }
5202 
5203  bool isSugared() const { return !Pattern->isDependentType(); }
5204  QualType desugar() const { return isSugared() ? Pattern : QualType(this, 0); }
5205 
5206  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
5207  Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions());
5208  }
5209 
5210  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern,
5211  Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
5212  ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr());
5213  ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue());
5214  if (NumExpansions)
5215  ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions);
5216  }
5217 
5218  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5219  return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion;
5220  }
5221 };
5222 
5223 /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can
5224 /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class.
5225 template <class T>
5227 protected:
5228  ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default;
5229 
5231  return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage();
5232  }
5233 
5235  return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl();
5236  }
5237 
5238  void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) {
5239  static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N);
5240  }
5241 
5243  setNumProtocols(protocols.size());
5244  assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&
5245  "bitfield overflow in protocol count");
5246  if (!protocols.empty())
5247  memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(),
5248  protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*));
5249  }
5250 
5251 public:
5252  using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *;
5253  using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;
5254 
5255  qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }
5256  qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); }
5257  qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); }
5258 
5259  bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; }
5260 
5261  /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if
5262  /// there are none.
5263  unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
5264  return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl();
5265  }
5266 
5267  /// Fetch a protocol by index.
5268  ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
5269  assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access");
5270  return qual_begin()[I];
5271  }
5272 
5273  /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers.
5275  return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols());
5276  }
5277 };
5278 
5279 /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take
5280 /// a list of protocols.
5281 class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type,
5282  public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>,
5283  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5284  friend class ASTContext;
5286 
5287  /// The number of protocols stored on this type.
5288  unsigned NumProtocols : 6;
5289 
5290  ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl;
5291 
5292  /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the
5293  /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically
5294  /// and uniqued.
5295  ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();
5296 
5297  /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
5298  /// or 0 if there are none.
5299  unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
5300  return NumProtocols;
5301  }
5302 
5303  void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
5304  NumProtocols = N;
5305  }
5306 
5308  QualType can,
5309  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);
5310 
5311 public:
5312  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
5313  QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }
5314 
5315  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5316  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam;
5317  }
5318 
5319  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
5320  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
5321  const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl,
5322  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);
5323 
5324  ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; }
5325 };
5326 
5327 /// Represents a class type in Objective C.
5328 ///
5329 /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of
5330 /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of
5331 /// protocols.
5332 ///
5333 /// Given the following declarations:
5334 /// \code
5335 /// \@class C<T>;
5336 /// \@protocol P;
5337 /// \endcode
5338 ///
5339 /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType
5340 /// with base C and no protocols.
5341 ///
5342 /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P].
5343 /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no
5344 /// protocol list.
5345 /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*',
5346 /// and protocol list [P].
5347 ///
5348 /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose
5349 /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType
5350 /// and no protocols.
5351 ///
5352 /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType
5353 /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually
5354 /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source.
5355 class ObjCObjectType : public Type,
5356  public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> {
5358 
5359  // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored
5360  // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node.
5361  // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored
5362  // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node.
5363  //
5364  // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If
5365  // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need
5366  // to get kindof complicated.
5367  //
5368  // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically
5369  // and uniqued.
5370 
5371  /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either.
5372  QualType BaseType;
5373 
5374  /// Cached superclass type.
5375  mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool>
5376  CachedSuperClassType;
5377 
5378  QualType *getTypeArgStorage();
5379  const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const {
5380  return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage();
5381  }
5382 
5383  ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();
5384  /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
5385  /// or 0 if there are none.
5386  unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
5387  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols;
5388  }
5389  void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
5390  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N;
5391  }
5392 
5393 protected:
5395 
5396  ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
5397  ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
5398  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
5399  bool isKindOf);
5400 
5402  : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), false, false, false, false),
5403  BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) {
5404  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0;
5405  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0;
5406  ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0;
5407  }
5408 
5409  void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const;
5410 
5411 public:
5412  /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly
5413  /// sugar for) one of:
5414  /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the
5415  /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType)
5416  /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat)
5417  /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType)
5418  QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }
5419 
5420  bool isObjCId() const {
5421  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId);
5422  }
5423 
5424  bool isObjCClass() const {
5425  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
5426  }
5427 
5428  bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
5429  bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }
5431  if (!qual_empty()) return false;
5432  if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5433  return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId ||
5434  T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass;
5435  return false;
5436  }
5437  bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
5438  bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }
5439 
5440  /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type
5441  /// really is an interface.
5442  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const;
5443 
5444  /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning
5445  /// that it has type arguments.
5446  bool isSpecialized() const;
5447 
5448  /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments.
5449  bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
5450  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0;
5451  }
5452 
5453  /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning
5454  /// that it has no type arguments.
5455  bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); }
5456 
5457  /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
5458  /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
5459  bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }
5460 
5461  /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically).
5462  ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const;
5463 
5464  /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were
5465  /// written.
5467  return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(),
5468  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
5469  }
5470 
5471  /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written.
5472  bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; }
5473 
5474  /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically).
5475  bool isKindOfType() const;
5476 
5477  /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type.
5478  ///
5479  /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
5480  /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
5481  /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if
5482  /// there is no superclass.
5484  if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt())
5485  computeSuperClassTypeSlow();
5486 
5487  assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?");
5488  return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0);
5489  }
5490 
5491  /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
5492  /// protocol qualifiers.
5493  QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const;
5494 
5495  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
5496  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
5497 
5498  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5499  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject ||
5500  T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
5501  }
5502 };
5503 
5504 /// A class providing a concrete implementation
5505 /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of
5506 /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type
5507 /// system should not reference this type.
5508 class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5509  friend class ASTContext;
5510 
5511  // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage()
5512  // will need to be modified.
5513 
5515  ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
5516  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
5517  bool isKindOf)
5518  : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {}
5519 
5520 public:
5521  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
5522  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
5523  QualType Base,
5524  ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
5525  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
5526  bool isKindOf);
5527 };
5528 
5529 inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() {
5530  return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1);
5531 }
5532 
5533 inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
5534  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
5535  getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
5536 }
5537 
5538 inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
5539  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
5540  static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1);
5541 }
5542 
5543 /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design.
5544 /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface
5545 /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which
5546 /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`.
5547 ///
5548 /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered
5549 /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType:
5550 /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which
5551 /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will
5552 /// fail to compile.
5553 /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*,
5554 /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0).
5556  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
5557  friend class ASTReader;
5558  friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
5559 
5560  mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl;
5561 
5564  Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {}
5565 
5566 public:
5567  /// Get the declaration of this interface.
5568  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }
5569 
5570  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
5571  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
5572 
5573  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5574  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
5575  }
5576 
5577  // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this
5578  // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are
5579  // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are
5580  // guaranteed to have no protocols.
5581  enum {
5586  getProtocol
5587  };
5588 };
5589 
5591  QualType baseType = getBaseType();
5592  while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) {
5593  if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT))
5594  return T->getDecl();
5595 
5596  baseType = ObjT->getBaseType();
5597  }
5598 
5599  return nullptr;
5600 }
5601 
5602 /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object.
5603 ///
5604 /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is
5605 /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class'
5606 /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>'
5607 /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these.
5608 ///
5609 /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes;
5610 /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation.
5611 class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5612  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
5613 
5614  QualType PointeeType;
5615 
5616  ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee)
5617  : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical,
5618  Pointee->isDependentType(),
5619  Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
5620  Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
5621  Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
5622  PointeeType(Pointee) {}
5623 
5624 public:
5625  /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.
5626  /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof.
5627  QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
5628 
5629  /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null.
5630  ///
5631  /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that
5632  /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this
5633  /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for:
5634  /// \code
5635  /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q;
5636  /// typedef A<P> AP;
5637  /// typedef A A1;
5638  /// typedef A1<P> A1P;
5639  /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ;
5640  /// \endcode
5641  /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
5642  /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
5643  /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
5644  /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
5645  /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
5646  /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
5647  /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because
5648  /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the
5649  /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType()
5650  /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over
5651  /// qualifiers more complicated).
5653  return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5654  }
5655 
5656  /// If this pointer points to an Objective C
5657  /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol
5658  /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored.
5659  ///
5660  /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
5661  const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const;
5662 
5663  /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface
5664  /// type, gets the declaration for that interface.
5665  ///
5666  /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
5668  return getObjectType()->getInterface();
5669  }
5670 
5671  /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if
5672  /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols.
5673  bool isObjCIdType() const {
5674  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId();
5675  }
5676 
5677  /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type,
5678  /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols.
5679  bool isObjCClassType() const {
5680  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass();
5681  }
5682 
5683  /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type,
5684  bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const {
5685  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass();
5686  }
5687 
5688  /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of
5689  /// protocols.
5690  bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
5691  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId();
5692  }
5693 
5694  /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of
5695  /// protocols.
5697  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass();
5698  }
5699 
5700  /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type.
5701  bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); }
5702 
5703  /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
5704  bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); }
5705 
5706  /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
5707  bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
5708  return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten();
5709  }
5710 
5711  /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments.
5712  bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); }
5713 
5714  /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
5715  /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
5716  bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }
5717 
5718  /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
5720  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs();
5721  }
5722 
5723  /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
5725  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten();
5726  }
5727 
5728  /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided
5729  /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of
5730  /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly.
5732  using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;
5733 
5734  qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }
5735 
5737  return getObjectType()->qual_begin();
5738  }
5739 
5741  return getObjectType()->qual_end();
5742  }
5743 
5744  bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); }
5745 
5746  /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type.
5747  unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
5748  return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols();
5749  }
5750 
5751  /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type.
5752  ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
5753  return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I);
5754  }
5755 
5756  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
5757  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
5758 
5759  /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type.
5760  ///
5761  /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
5762  /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
5763  /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a
5764  /// null type if there is no superclass.
5765  QualType getSuperClassType() const;
5766 
5767  /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
5768  /// protocol qualifiers.
5769  const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(
5770  const ASTContext &ctx) const;
5771 
5772  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
5773  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
5774  }
5775 
5776  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
5777  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
5778  }
5779 
5780  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5781  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer;
5782  }
5783 };
5784 
5785 class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5786  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
5787 
5788  QualType ValueType;
5789 
5790  AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical)
5791  : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->isDependentType(),
5792  ValTy->isInstantiationDependentType(),
5793  ValTy->isVariablyModifiedType(),
5794  ValTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
5795  ValueType(ValTy) {}
5796 
5797 public:
5798  /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e.
5799  /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type.
5800  QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; }
5801 
5802  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
5803  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
5804 
5805  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
5806  Profile(ID, getValueType());
5807  }
5808 
5809  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
5810  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
5811  }
5812 
5813  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5814  return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic;
5815  }
5816 };
5817 
5818 /// PipeType - OpenCL20.
5819 class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5820  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
5821 
5822  QualType ElementType;
5823  bool isRead;
5824 
5825  PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead)
5826  : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->isDependentType(),
5827  elemType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
5828  elemType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
5829  elemType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
5830  ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {}
5831 
5832 public:
5833  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
5834 
5835  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
5836 
5837  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
5838 
5839  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
5840  Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly());
5841  }
5842 
5843  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) {
5844  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
5845  ID.AddBoolean(isRead);
5846  }
5847 
5848  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5849  return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe;
5850  }
5851 
5852  bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; }
5853 };
5854 
5855 /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers.
5857 public:
5859 
5860  /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an
5861  /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent
5862  /// with those already in the type.
5864  addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers());
5865  if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
5866  return type.getTypePtrUnsafe();
5867 
5868  const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe();
5869  addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers());
5870  return extQuals->getBaseType();
5871  }
5872 
5873  /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
5874  QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const;
5875 
5876  /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
5877  QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const;
5878 };
5879 
5880 // Inline function definitions.
5881 
5883  SplitQualType desugar =
5884  Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split();
5885  desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals);
5886  return desugar;
5887 }
5888 
5889 inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const {
5890  return getCommonPtr()->BaseType;
5891 }
5892 
5893 inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const {
5894  return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType);
5895 }
5896 
5898  if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
5899  return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(),
5900  Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers()));
5901 
5902  const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe();
5903  Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers();
5904  qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
5905  return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs);
5906 }
5907 
5909  Qualifiers Quals;
5910  if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
5911  Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers();
5912  Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
5913  return Quals;
5914 }
5915 
5917  Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers();
5918  quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
5919  return quals;
5920 }
5921 
5922 inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const {
5923  unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers();
5924  cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers();
5925  return cvr;
5926 }
5927 
5929  QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType;
5930  return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
5931 }
5932 
5933 inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const {
5934  return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified();
5935 }
5936 
5937 inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const {
5938  if (!isCanonical()) return false;
5939  if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false;
5940 
5941  const Type *T = getTypePtr();
5942  if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType())
5943  return false;
5944 
5945  return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T);
5946 }
5947 
5948 inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const {
5949  return isLocalConstQualified() ||
5950  getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified();
5951 }
5952 
5953 inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const {
5954  return isLocalRestrictQualified() ||
5955  getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified();
5956 }
5957 
5958 
5959 inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const {
5960  return isLocalVolatileQualified() ||
5961  getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified();
5962 }
5963 
5964 inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const {
5965  return hasLocalQualifiers() ||
5966  getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers();
5967 }
5968 
5970  if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
5971  return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0);
5972 
5973  return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0);
5974 }
5975 
5977  if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
5978  return split();
5979 
5980  return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this);
5981 }
5982 
5984  removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
5985 }
5986 
5988  removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
5989 }
5990 
5992  removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
5993 }
5994 
5995 inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
5996  assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits");
5997  static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask,
5998  "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!");
5999 
6000  // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers.
6001  removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask);
6002 }
6003 
6004 /// Return the address space of this type.
6006  return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
6007 }
6008 
6009 /// Return the gc attribute of this type.
6011  return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr();
6012 }
6013 
6015  if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) {
6016  if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>())
6017  return FT->getExtInfo();
6018  } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>())
6019  return FT->getExtInfo();
6020 
6021  return FunctionType::ExtInfo();
6022 }
6023 
6025  return getFunctionExtInfo(*t);
6026 }
6027 
6028 /// Determine whether this type is more
6029 /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int"
6030 /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and
6031 /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile
6032 /// int".
6033 inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const {
6034  Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers();
6035  Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();
6036  return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals));
6037 }
6038 
6039 /// Determine whether this type is at last
6040 /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile
6041 /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int",
6042 /// "int", and "const volatile int".
6043 inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const {
6044  Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();
6045 
6046  // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void.
6047  if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType())
6048  OtherQuals.removeUnaligned();
6049 
6050  return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals);
6051 }
6052 
6053 /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const
6054 /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const
6055 /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used
6056 /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6:
6057 ///
6058 /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2,
6059 /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further
6060 /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function
6061 /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue.
6063  if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>())
6064  return RefType->getPointeeType();
6065  else
6066  return *this;
6067 }
6068 
6070  return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) ||
6071  getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6072 }
6073 
6074 /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type.
6075 ///
6076 /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental].
6077 inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const {
6078  return isVoidType() ||
6079  // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an
6080  // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition.
6081  (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType());
6082 }
6083 
6084 /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type.
6085 ///
6086 /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound].
6087 inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const {
6088  // C++0x [basic.compound]p1:
6089  // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways:
6090  // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...];
6091  return isArrayType() ||
6092  // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...];
6093  isFunctionType() ||
6094  // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...];
6095  isPointerType() ||
6096  // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...]
6097  isReferenceType() ||
6098  // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...];
6099  isRecordType() ||
6100  // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different
6101  // types at different times;
6102  isUnionType() ||
6103  // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...];
6104  isEnumeralType() ||
6105  // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...].
6106  isMemberPointerType();
6107 }
6108 
6109 inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const {
6110  return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType);
6111 }
6112 
6113 inline bool Type::isPointerType() const {
6114  return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType);
6115 }
6116 
6117 inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const {
6118  return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType();
6119 }
6120 
6121 inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const {
6122  return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6123 }
6124 
6125 inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const {
6126  return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6127 }
6128 
6129 inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const {
6130  return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6131 }
6132 
6133 inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const {
6134  return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6135 }
6136 
6137 inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const {
6138  if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>())
6139  return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
6140  else
6141  return false;
6142 }
6143 
6144 inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const {
6145  return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6146 }
6147 
6149  if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
6150  return T->isMemberFunctionPointer();
6151  else
6152  return false;
6153 }
6154 
6155 inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const {
6156  if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
6157  return T->isMemberDataPointer();
6158  else
6159  return false;
6160 }
6161 
6162 inline bool Type::isArrayType() const {
6163  return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6164 }
6165 
6166 inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const {
6167  return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6168 }
6169 
6170 inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const {
6171  return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6172 }
6173 
6174 inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const {
6175  return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6176 }
6177 
6178 inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const {
6179  return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6180 }
6181 
6182 inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const {
6183  return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType);
6184 }
6185 
6186 inline bool Type::isRecordType() const {
6187  return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType);
6188 }
6189 
6190 inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const {
6191  return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType);
6192 }
6193 
6194 inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const {
6195  return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType);
6196 }
6197 
6198 inline bool Type::isVectorType() const {
6199  return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType);
6200 }
6201 
6202 inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const {
6203  return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType);
6204 }
6205 
6207  return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType);
6208 }
6209 
6210 inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const {
6211  return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6212 }
6213 
6214 inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const {
6215  return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6216 }
6217 
6219  return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) ||
6220  isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6221 }
6222 
6223 inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const {
6224  return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType);
6225 }
6226 
6227 inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
6228  if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
6229  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
6230  return false;
6231 }
6232 
6233 inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
6234  if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
6235  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType();
6236  return false;
6237 }
6238 
6239 inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const {
6240  if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
6241  return OPT->isObjCIdType();
6242  return false;
6243 }
6244 
6245 inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const {
6246  if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
6247  return OPT->isObjCClassType();
6248  return false;
6249 }
6250 
6251 inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const {
6252  if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>())
6253  return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
6254  return false;
6255 }
6256 
6257 inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const {
6258  return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType();
6259 }
6260 
6261 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
6262  inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
6263  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
6264  }
6265 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
6266 
6267 inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const {
6268  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
6269 }
6270 
6271 inline bool Type::isEventT() const {
6272  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
6273 }
6274 
6275 inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const {
6276  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent);
6277 }
6278 
6279 inline bool Type::isQueueT() const {
6280  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue);
6281 }
6282 
6283 inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const {
6284  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID);
6285 }
6286 
6287 inline bool Type::isImageType() const {
6288 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() ||
6289  return
6290 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
6291  false; // end boolean or operation
6292 }
6293 
6294 inline bool Type::isPipeType() const {
6295  return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType);
6296 }
6297 
6298 inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const {
6299  return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() ||
6300  isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType();
6301 }
6302 
6303 inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const {
6304  return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType);
6305 }
6306 
6307 inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const {
6308  if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>())
6309  if (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K)
6310  return true;
6311  return false;
6312 }
6313 
6314 inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const {
6315  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
6316  return BT->isPlaceholderType();
6317  return false;
6318 }
6319 
6321  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
6322  if (BT->isPlaceholderType())
6323  return BT;
6324  return nullptr;
6325 }
6326 
6327 inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const {
6329  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
6330  return (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K);
6331  return false;
6332 }
6333 
6335  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
6336  return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType();
6337  return false;
6338 }
6339 
6340 inline bool Type::isVoidType() const {
6341  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6342  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Void;
6343  return false;
6344 }
6345 
6346 inline bool Type::isHalfType() const {
6347  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6348  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half;
6349  // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not.
6350  return false;
6351 }
6352 
6353 inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const {
6354  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6355  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float16;
6356  return false;
6357 }
6358 
6359 inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const {
6360  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6361  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128;
6362  return false;
6363 }
6364 
6365 inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const {
6366  if (const auto *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>())
6367  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::NullPtr;
6368  return false;
6369 }
6370 
6372 bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *);
6373 
6374 inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const {
6375  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6376  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
6377  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;
6378  if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) {
6379  // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
6380  // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
6381  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) &&
6382  !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl());
6383  }
6384  return false;
6385 }
6386 
6387 inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const {
6388  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
6389  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
6390  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
6391  }
6392  return false;
6393 }
6394 
6395 inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const {
6396  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
6397  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
6398  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
6399  }
6400  return false;
6401 }
6402 
6404  return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType();
6405 }
6406 
6407 inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const {
6408  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
6409  return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
6410  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) ||
6411  (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract &&
6412  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) ||
6413  (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
6414  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) ||
6415  (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract &&
6416  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract));
6417  }
6418  return false;
6419 }
6420 
6421 inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const {
6422  return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType();
6423 }
6424 
6425 inline bool Type::isScalarType() const {
6426  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6427  return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void &&
6428  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr;
6429  if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
6430  // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums
6431  // are not treated as scalar types.
6432  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());
6433  return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
6434  isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
6435  isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
6436  isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) ||
6437  isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6438 }
6439 
6441  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6442  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
6443  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;
6444 
6445  // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an
6446  // enumeration type in the sense required here.
6447  if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
6448  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());
6449 
6450  return false;
6451 }
6452 
6453 inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const {
6454  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6455  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool;
6456  return false;
6457 }
6458 
6459 inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const {
6460  auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType();
6461  return DT && !DT->isDeduced();
6462 }
6463 
6464 /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define
6465 /// an overloaded operator.
6466 inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const {
6467  return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType();
6468 }
6469 
6470 /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type.
6471 inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const {
6472  return isFunctionType() || isArrayType();
6473 }
6474 
6475 inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const {
6476  return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() ||
6477  isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType());
6478 }
6479 
6481  return isObjCObjectPointerType();
6482 }
6483 
6484 inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const {
6485  const Type *type = this;
6486  while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
6487  type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr();
6488  return type;
6489 }
6490 
6492  const Type *type = this;
6493  if (type->isAnyPointerType())
6494  return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
6495  else if (type->isArrayType())
6496  return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
6497  return type;
6498 }
6499 
6500 /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's into a
6501 /// diagnostic with <<.
6503  QualType T) {
6504  DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
6506  return DB;
6507 }
6508 
6509 /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's
6510 /// into a diagnostic with <<.
6512  QualType T) {
6513  PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
6515  return PD;
6516 }
6517 
6518 // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does
6519 // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type.
6520 template <typename T>
6521 using TypeIsArrayType =
6522  std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value ||
6523  std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>;
6524 
6525 // Member-template getAs<specific type>'.
6526 template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const {
6527  static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
6528  "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!");
6529 
6530  // If this is directly a T type, return it.
6531  if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
6532  return Ty;
6533 
6534  // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
6535  if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
6536  return nullptr;
6537 
6538  // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
6539  // losing all typedef information.
6540  return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
6541 }
6542 
6543 template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const {
6544  static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!");
6545 
6546  // If this is directly a T type, return it.
6547  if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
6548  return Ty;
6549 
6550  // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
6551  if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
6552  return nullptr;
6553 
6554  // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the
6555  // type.
6556  const Type *Ty = this;
6557  while (Ty) {
6558  if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty))
6559  Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr();
6560  else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty))
6561  Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr();
6562  else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty))
6563  Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr();
6564  else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty))
6565  Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr();
6566  else
6567  break;
6568  }
6569 
6570  // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>,
6571  // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type.
6572  return dyn_cast<T>(Ty);
6573 }
6574 
6575 inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
6576  // If this is directly an array type, return it.
6577  if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this))
6578  return arr;
6579 
6580  // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
6581  if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))
6582  return nullptr;
6583 
6584  // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
6585  // losing all typedef information.
6586  return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
6587 }
6588 
6589 template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const {
6590  static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
6591  "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!");
6592 
6593  if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty;
6594  assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType));
6595  return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
6596 }
6597 
6599  assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType));
6600  if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr;
6601  return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
6602 }
6603 
6604 DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr,
6605  QualType CanonicalPtr)
6606  : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) {
6607 #ifndef NDEBUG
6608  QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType();
6609  (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted);
6610  assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted));
6611 #endif
6612 }
6613 
6615  QualType Decayed = getDecayedType();
6617  return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType();
6618 }
6619 
6620 // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented
6621 // as a scaled integer.
6623  const llvm::APSInt &Val,
6624  unsigned Scale, unsigned Radix);
6625 
6626 } // namespace clang
6627 
6628 #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2512
bool isDynamicExceptionSpec(ExceptionSpecificationType ESpecType)
Internal representation of canonical, dependent typeof(expr) types.
Definition: Type.h:3967
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2349
unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const
Definition: Type.h:3512
ParameterABI getABI() const
Return the ABI treatment of this parameter.
Definition: Type.h:3466
QualType getPattern() const
Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the type that will be repeatedly instantiated w...
Definition: Type.h:5192
const internal::VariadicAllOfMatcher< Type > type
Matches Types in the clang AST.
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Definition: Type.h:2299
QualType getDeducedType() const
Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it&#39;s either not been deduced or was deduce...
Definition: Type.h:4548
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4544
Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type keyword, e.g., struct S...
Definition: Type.h:4945
const Type * Ty
The locally-unqualified type.
Definition: Type.h:596
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx)
Definition: Type.h:4748
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2793
Represents a function declaration or definition.
Definition: Decl.h:1716
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4128
static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation=0)
Definition: Type.h:1004
static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU)
Definition: Type.h:253
bool isFixedPointType() const
Return true if this is a fixed point type according to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169.
Definition: Type.h:6387
const TemplateSpecializationType * getInjectedTST() const
Definition: Type.h:4828
bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const
Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written.
Definition: Type.h:5472
The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
Definition: Type.h:4880
void removeUnaligned()
Definition: Type.h:318
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const
True if this is equivalent to &#39;id.
Definition: Type.h:5690
void setDependent(bool D=true)
Definition: Type.h:1669
no exception specification
IdentifierInfo * getIdentifier() const
Definition: Type.h:4491
const Type & operator*() const
Definition: Type.h:708
RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const
Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type.
Definition: Type.h:3789
PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
Definition: Type.h:2393
ArrayRef< QualType > getTypeArgsAsWritten() const
Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were written.
Definition: Type.h:5466
bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const
Definition: Type.h:537
QualType getElementType() const
Definition: Type.h:5833
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2864
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition: Type.h:2406
Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped typename using declaration, e.g.
Definition: Type.h:3886
A (possibly-)qualified type.
Definition: Type.h:655
bool isBlockPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6121
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee)
Definition: Type.h:2431
bool isArrayType() const
Definition: Type.h:6162
bool getNoCfCheck() const
Definition: Type.h:3285
bool isMemberPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6144
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2284
QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const
Definition: Type.h:4826
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3410
unsigned getNumExceptions() const
Definition: Type.h:3729
static QualType getObjectType(APValue::LValueBase B)
Retrieves the "underlying object type" of the given expression, as used by __builtin_object_size.
void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder=Twine(), unsigned Indentation=0) const
Definition: Type.h:998
QualType getDecayedType() const
Definition: Type.h:2485
__auto_type (GNU extension)
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2348
bool isMemberDataPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6155
QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const
Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type.
Definition: Type.h:955
bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const
Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden from being lvalues in C...
Definition: Type.h:6069
LangAS getAddressSpace() const
Definition: Type.h:1358
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const
Definition: Type.h:3345
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const
Definition: Type.h:1363
ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const
Definition: Type.h:3321
DominatorTree GraphTraits specialization so the DominatorTree can be iterable by generic graph iterat...
Definition: Dominators.h:30
Expr * getUnderlyingExpr() const
Definition: Type.h:4021
ObjCProtocolDecl *const * qual_iterator
Definition: Type.h:5252
ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const
Definition: Type.h:3850
bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *ED)
Check if the given decl is scoped.
Definition: Decl.h:4329
AutoTypeKeyword
Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType.
Definition: Type.h:1391
void setInstantiationDependent(bool D=true)
Definition: Type.h:1675
Stmt - This represents one statement.
Definition: Stmt.h:66
NullabilityKind
Describes the nullability of a particular type.
Definition: Specifiers.h:285
ExtInfo(CallingConv CC)
Definition: Type.h:3280
Kind getKind() const
Definition: Type.h:2274
Internal representation of canonical, dependent __underlying_type(type) types.
Definition: Type.h:4095
FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators.
Definition: Type.h:3211
QualType getPointeeType() const
If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block pointer, this returns the respective pointee...
Definition: Type.cpp:497
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, QualType modified, QualType equivalent)
Definition: Type.h:4324
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:5206
ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const
Definition: Type.h:3328
bool hasExtParameterInfos() const
Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters of this function type...
Definition: Type.h:3827
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2601
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4543
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner)
Definition: Type.h:2385
No linkage, which means that the entity is unique and can only be referred to from within its scope...
Definition: Linkage.h:27
Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const
Definition: Type.h:1350
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:3073
void addConst()
Add the const type qualifier to this QualType.
Definition: Type.h:824
bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const
True if the lifetime is either strong or weak.
Definition: Type.h:363
Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is dependent.
Definition: Type.h:5020
CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo
Definition: Type.h:4348
void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type)
Definition: Type.h:346
bool isRecordType() const
Definition: Type.h:6186
friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R)
Compute the difference between two qualifier sets.
Definition: Type.h:560
ConstantArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
Definition: Type.h:2740
void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl< char > &Str, const llvm::APSInt &Val, unsigned Scale, unsigned Radix)
Definition: Type.cpp:4034
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2523
bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const
Test for a specific placeholder type.
Definition: Type.h:6327
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4841
NestedNameSpecifier * getQualifier() const
Retrieve the qualification on this type.
Definition: Type.h:5039
bool isDecltypeAuto() const
Definition: Type.h:4573
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T)
Definition: Type.h:5809
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const
Definition: Type.h:2912
Decl - This represents one declaration (or definition), e.g.
Definition: DeclBase.h:86
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2379
void AddTaggedVal(intptr_t V, DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind Kind) const
bool isVariadic() const
Definition: Type.h:3774
TagDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Type.cpp:3148
ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1633
bool isExtVectorType() const
Definition: Type.h:6202
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3124
StringRef P
Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type.
Definition: Type.h:4562
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5050
A class providing a concrete implementation of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of...
Definition: Type.h:5508
void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q)
Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set.
Definition: Type.h:451
QualType getNonReferenceType() const
If Type is a reference type (e.g., const int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const...
Definition: Type.h:6062
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3087
const DiagnosticBuilder & operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, const Attr *At)
Definition: Attr.h:322
The base class of the type hierarchy.
Definition: Type.h:1428
ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface)
Definition: Type.h:5401
bool isClkEventT() const
Definition: Type.h:6275
void setObjCGCAttr(GC type)
Definition: Type.h:323
Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
Definition: Type.h:2668
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2351
AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, QualType CanonicalPtr)
Definition: Type.h:2448
bool isRestrictQualified() const
Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified.
Definition: Type.h:5953
bool isPlaceholderType() const
Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e.
Definition: Type.h:2311
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2717
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2515
QualType withConst() const
Definition: Type.h:827
bool getNoReturnAttr() const
Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn attribute.
Definition: Type.h:3373
QualType ElementType
The element type of the vector.
Definition: Type.h:3050
bool getHasRegParm() const
Definition: Type.h:3367
QualType getValueType() const
Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e.
Definition: Type.h:5800
exception_iterator exception_end() const
Definition: Type.h:3819
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const
Definition: Type.h:3116
bool isUnspecialized() const
Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning that it has no type arguments...
Definition: Type.h:5455
ObjCProtocolDecl * getProtocol(unsigned I) const
Fetch a protocol by index.
Definition: Type.h:5268
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3865
bool isUnspecialized() const
Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments.
Definition: Type.h:5712
TemplateTypeParmDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Type.h:4383
Qualifiers & operator+=(Qualifiers R)
Definition: Type.h:542
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals)
Definition: Type.h:2765
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:3121
ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const
Definition: Type.h:3503
QualType getElementType() const
Definition: Type.h:2703
bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const
Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType instance.
Definition: Type.h:767
TemplateName getTemplateName() const
Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing.
Definition: Type.h:4616
QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const
Definition: Type.h:870
The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified.
Definition: Type.h:1129
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:3201
static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque)
Definition: Type.h:260
ArrayRef< ObjCProtocolDecl * > getProtocols() const
Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:5274
void removeObjCLifetime()
Definition: Type.h:349
bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const
Definition: Type.h:3857
unsigned getNumParams() const
Definition: Type.h:3668
bool isEnumeralType() const
Definition: Type.h:6190
const T * getAs() const
Member-template getAs<specific type>&#39;.
Definition: Type.h:6526
bool isOverloadableType() const
Determines whether this is a type for which one can define an overloaded operator.
Definition: Type.h:6466
bool hasPointerRepresentation() const
Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer.
Definition: Type.h:6475
The "union" keyword.
Definition: Type.h:4855
Extra information about a function prototype.
Definition: Type.h:3551
const ArrayType * castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const
A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards qualifiers from the outermost type...
Definition: Type.h:6598
LangAS
Defines the address space values used by the address space qualifier of QualType. ...
Definition: AddressSpaces.h:26
ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1628
Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type.
Definition: Type.h:4598
The "__interface" keyword.
Definition: Type.h:4852
ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const
Definition: Type.h:3314
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3900
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const
Definition: Type.h:2854
bool isConst() const
Definition: Type.h:3377
static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask)
Definition: Type.h:241
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:3934
static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind)
Definition: Type.h:4929
QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals)
Definition: Type.h:679
Describes how types, statements, expressions, and declarations should be printed. ...
Definition: PrettyPrinter.h:38
static void * getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P)
Definition: Type.h:76
ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const
Definition: Type.h:3480
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const
Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
Definition: Type.h:5707
Represents the result of substituting a type for a template type parameter.
Definition: Type.h:4417
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2427
QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const
Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers removed, but without removing any quali...
Definition: Type.h:894
Linkage
Describes the different kinds of linkage (C++ [basic.link], C99 6.2.2) that an entity may have...
Definition: Linkage.h:24
noexcept(expression), value-dependent
std::string getName(ArrayRef< StringRef > Parts) const
Get the platform-specific name separator.
QualType desugar() const
Remove a single level of sugar.
Definition: Type.h:4002
The collection of all-type qualifiers we support.
Definition: Type.h:154
bool isVariableArrayType() const
Definition: Type.h:6174
bool isNoexceptExceptionSpec(ExceptionSpecificationType ESpecType)
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4746
PipeType - OpenCL20.
Definition: Type.h:5819
bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const
Definition: Type.h:6218
bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const
Definition: Type.h:6178
The width of the "fast" qualifier mask.
Definition: Type.h:197
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2921
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const
Definition: Type.h:3001
Represents a struct/union/class.
Definition: Decl.h:3570
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5495
void AddTaggedVal(intptr_t V, DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind Kind) const
Definition: Diagnostic.h:1155
DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E)
Definition: Type.h:3972
QualType getOriginalType() const
Definition: Type.h:2457
FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo
Definition: Type.h:3552
One of these records is kept for each identifier that is lexed.
bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const
Definition: Type.h:3297
bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const
Definition: Type.h:5438
bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const
Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have added "restrict" at a different level.
Definition: Type.h:737
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5837
bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent=false) const
Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception specification.
Definition: Type.h:3769
unsigned getRegParm() const
Definition: Type.h:3288
QualType IgnoreParens() const
Returns the specified type after dropping any outer-level parentheses.
Definition: Type.h:974
Represents a class type in Objective C.
Definition: Type.h:5355
void removeRestrict()
Definition: Type.h:289
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition: Type.h:2510
std::pair< const Type *, Qualifiers > asPair() const
Definition: Type.h:607
Holds long-lived AST nodes (such as types and decls) that can be referred to throughout the semantic ...
Definition: ASTContext.h:150
is ARM Neon vector
Definition: Type.h:3040
ArrayRef< QualType > getParamTypes() const
Definition: Type.h:3675
ArrayRef< ExtParameterInfo > getExtParameterInfos() const
Definition: Type.h:3828
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5138
bool isSpelledAsLValue() const
Definition: Type.h:2545
bool isObjCIdType() const
Definition: Type.h:6239
TemplateName getTemplateName() const
Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing.
Definition: Type.h:4724
bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const
Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further qualification.
Definition: Type.h:1717
Defines the ExceptionSpecificationType enumeration and various utility functions. ...
void removeConst()
Definition: Type.h:275
QualType desugar() const
Remove a single level of sugar.
Definition: Type.h:4981
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2652
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2588
void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals)
Definition: Type.h:683
bool isReferenceType() const
Definition: Type.h:6125
Base class that is common to both the ExtQuals and Type classes, which allows QualType to access the ...
Definition: Type.h:1287
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2328
Interesting information about a specific parameter that can&#39;t simply be reflected in parameter&#39;s type...
Definition: Type.h:3453
The fast qualifier mask.
Definition: Type.h:200
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5573
Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template type parameter pack...
Definition: Type.h:4473
TagDecl * getOwnedTagDecl() const
Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this type, or nullptr if none...
Definition: Type.h:4988
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2794
bool isSpecialized() const
Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
Definition: Type.h:5704
bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const
True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone.
Definition: Type.h:357
bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const
Test for a particular builtin type.
Definition: Type.h:6307
qual_iterator qual_begin() const
Definition: Type.h:5256
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, VectorKind VecKind)
Definition: Type.h:3078
static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c)
Definition: Type.h:3150
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2461
bool isObjCSelType() const
Definition: Type.h:6251
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Referencee, bool SpelledAsLValue)
Definition: Type.h:2562
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const
Definition: Type.h:6233
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2586
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:5839
bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const
Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other given type, requiring exact equalit...
Definition: Type.h:6043
bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const
Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
Definition: Type.h:6440
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const
Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as written, meaning that it has no type argumen...
Definition: Type.h:5716
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4555
unsigned getTypeQuals() const
Definition: Type.h:3786
ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, bool SpelledAsLValue)
Definition: Type.h:2533
Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const
Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifie...
Definition: Type.h:5908
FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ExtInfo Info)
Definition: Type.h:3351
Values of this type can be null.
void addRestrict()
Add the restrict qualifier to this QualType.
Definition: Type.h:840
bool getProducesResult() const
Definition: Type.h:3283
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5813
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2966
bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const
Definition: Type.h:5429
Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent, bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
Definition: Type.h:1650
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5312
An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
Definition: Type.h:2594
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2796
UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Type.h:3897
qual_iterator qual_end() const
Definition: Type.h:5257
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2489
bool hasAddressSpace() const
Definition: Type.h:1357
An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (&).
Definition: Type.h:1384
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:3899
void addObjCGCAttr(GC type)
Definition: Type.h:327
Microsoft throw(...) extension.
A convenient class for passing around template argument information.
Definition: TemplateBase.h:552
void setRestrict(bool flag)
Definition: Type.h:286
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5780
TemplateName getTemplateName() const
Definition: Type.h:4832
static void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, StringRef FunctionName, ArrayRef< CounterExpression > Expressions, ArrayRef< CounterMappingRegion > Regions)
QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const
Definition: Type.h:3730
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2748
bool hasAddressSpace() const
Definition: Type.h:368
Forward-declares and imports various common LLVM datatypes that clang wants to use unqualified...
const ArrayType * getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const
A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards qualifiers from the outermost type...
Definition: Type.h:6575
The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
Definition: Type.h:4868
TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
Definition: Type.h:4896
Whether values of this type can be null is (explicitly) unspecified.
bool isCurrentInstantiation() const
True if this template specialization type matches a current instantiation in the context in which it ...
Definition: Type.h:4690
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2602
Visibility
Describes the different kinds of visibility that a declaration may have.
Definition: Visibility.h:34
bool isTypeAlias() const
Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias template that has been substituted...
Definition: Type.h:4709
unsigned toTargetAddressSpace(LangAS AS)
Definition: AddressSpaces.h:62
Visibility getVisibility() const
Determine the visibility of this type.
Definition: Type.h:2160
llvm::iterator_range< param_type_iterator > param_type_range
Definition: Type.h:3794
Represents a typeof (or typeof) expression (a GCC extension).
Definition: Type.h:3941
bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const
Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter pack, used to support C++0x variadic templat...
Definition: Type.h:1711
static bool isRecordType(QualType T)
QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const
Definition: Type.h:878
void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask)
Definition: Type.h:305
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const
Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than Overload.
Definition: Type.h:2324
bool isVolatileQualified() const
Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
Definition: Type.h:5959
LangAS getAddressSpace() const
Definition: Type.h:369
ObjCProtocolDecl *const * getProtocolStorage() const
Definition: Type.h:5230
const Type * getClass() const
Definition: Type.h:2646
bool isRValueReferenceType() const
Definition: Type.h:6133
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4990
Defines the Diagnostic-related interfaces.
The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified with the ARC __strong qualifier...
Definition: Type.h:1133
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition: Type.h:6614
Values of this type can never be null.
Expr * getSizeExpr() const
Definition: Type.h:2847
static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R)
Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from the given sets.
Definition: Type.h:205
const Type * getTypePtr() const
Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
Definition: Type.h:5889
void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const
Definition: Type.h:1015
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2860
const TemplateArgument * getArgs() const
Retrieve the template arguments.
Definition: Type.h:4727
param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const
Definition: Type.h:3800
TemplateTypeParmDecl * TTPDecl
Definition: Type.h:4351
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2513
void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q)
Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set.
Definition: Type.h:434
Type * this_()
Definition: Type.h:1667
The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified with the ARC __strong qualifier...
Definition: Type.h:1102
bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const
Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec.
Definition: Type.h:3713
static bool isBooleanType(QualType Ty)
Defines the Linkage enumeration and various utility functions.
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4084
const T * getAsAdjusted() const
Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>.
Definition: Type.h:6543
Represents an Objective-C protocol declaration.
Definition: DeclObjC.h:2085
const Type * operator->() const
Definition: Type.h:712
void setUnaligned(bool flag)
Definition: Type.h:315
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5803
bool isFloat128Type() const
Definition: Type.h:6359
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2435
bool isScalarType() const
Definition: Type.h:6425
void * getAsOpaquePtr() const
Definition: Type.h:700
bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const
Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of qualifiers from the narrow perspecti...
Definition: Type.h:520
friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R)
Definition: Type.h:549
void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask)
Definition: Type.h:309
void addUnaligned()
Definition: Type.h:319
Represents an ObjC class declaration.
Definition: DeclObjC.h:1193
ObjCInterfaceDecl * getInterface() const
Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type really is an interface...
Definition: Type.h:5590
bool getNoReturn() const
Definition: Type.h:3282
friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS)
Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical.
Definition: Type.h:981
bool isKindOfType() const
Whether this is a "__kindof" type.
Definition: Type.h:5701
PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind
Definition: Type.h:1094
FunctionDecl * SourceDecl
The function whose exception specification this is, for EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated.
Definition: Type.h:3539
SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const
Definition: Type.h:959
void removeVolatile()
Definition: Type.h:282
bool hasConst() const
Definition: Type.h:271
The type does not fall into any of the following categories.
Definition: Type.h:1124
void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask)
Definition: Type.h:404
Expr * getSizeExpr() const
Definition: Type.h:2904
bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const
Definition: Type.h:3284
QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const
Definition: Type.h:2548
Expr * getSizeExpr() const
Definition: Type.h:3114
unsigned getNumProtocols() const
Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if there are none.
Definition: Type.h:5263
QualType getElementType() const
Definition: Type.h:3000
bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const
Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169...
Definition: Type.h:6421
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, QualType Replacement)
Definition: Type.h:4449
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4389
Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is dependent.
Definition: Type.h:2984
This object can be modified without requiring retains or releases.
Definition: Type.h:175
Defines the clang::Visibility enumeration and various utility functions.
The type does not fall into any of the following categories.
Definition: Type.h:1098
Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const
Definition: Type.h:331
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name)
Definition: Type.h:5057
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4592
ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const
Definition: Type.h:3341
Represents a K&R-style &#39;int foo()&#39; function, which has no information available about its arguments...
Definition: Type.h:3397
unsigned getTypeQuals() const
Definition: Type.h:3362
Expr * getAddrSpaceExpr() const
Definition: Type.h:2955
bool isHalfType() const
Definition: Type.h:6346
Provides definitions for the various language-specific address spaces.
bool hasObjCLifetime() const
Definition: Type.h:1352
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:5053
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const
Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments.
Definition: Type.h:5449
QualType getBaseType() const
Gets the base type of this object type.
Definition: Type.h:5418
unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:682
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5570
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2381
A little helper class used to produce diagnostics.
Definition: Diagnostic.h:1042
ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals)
Definition: Type.h:1337
FunctionDecl * getExceptionSpecDecl() const
If this function type has an exception specification which hasn&#39;t been determined yet (either because...
Definition: Type.h:3745
Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g.
Definition: Type.h:3432
bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const
Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set.
Definition: Type.h:499
bool isInnerRef() const
Definition: Type.h:2546
bool isSugared() const
Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
Definition: Type.h:4005
bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const
Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other given type, requiring exact equality for...
Definition: Type.h:6033
qual_range quals() const
Definition: Type.h:5255
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const
Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType.
Definition: Type.h:6334
This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:5226
Qualifiers getQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:1347
ArraySizeModifier
Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g.
Definition: Type.h:2674
const Type * getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const
If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type.
Definition: Type.h:6491
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2425
bool hasQualifiers() const
Determine whether this type has any qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:5964
void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type)
Definition: Type.h:350
ObjCTypeParamDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Type.h:5324
bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const
Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169...
Definition: Type.h:6395
ObjCProtocolDecl ** getProtocolStorage()
Definition: Type.h:5234
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:3412
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl)
Definition: Type.h:4994
Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression.
Definition: Type.h:2882
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2424
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2389
RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D)
Definition: Type.h:4141
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5003
QualType getElementType() const
Definition: Type.h:2346
bool isEventT() const
Definition: Type.h:6271
IdentifierInfo * getIdentifier() const
Definition: Type.cpp:3278
unsigned getNumArgs() const
Retrieve the number of template arguments.
Definition: Type.h:5111
bool isObjCGCStrong() const
true when Type is objc&#39;s strong.
Definition: Type.h:1074
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4077
void addVolatile()
Definition: Type.h:283
Expr - This represents one expression.
Definition: Expr.h:106
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2649
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition: Type.h:2550
static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, const PrintingPolicy &policy)
Definition: Type.h:1020
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3389
The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., typename T::type.
Definition: Type.h:4884
bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const
Definition: Type.h:1826
llvm::StringRef getAsString(SyncScope S)
Definition: SyncScope.h:51
unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const
Definition: Type.h:267
static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind)
Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given nullability kind.
Definition: Type.h:4295
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2857
Declaration of a template type parameter.
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3067
unsigned getIndex() const
Definition: Type.h:4380
Internal representation of canonical, dependent decltype(expr) types.
Definition: Type.h:4039
bool getHasRegParm() const
Definition: Type.h:3286
friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS)
Definition: Type.h:984
bool isObjCBuiltinType() const
Definition: Type.h:6257
const T * castAs() const
Member-template castAs<specific type>.
Definition: Type.h:6589
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5315
ElaboratedTypeKeyword
The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or introduces an elaborated-type-specifie...
Definition: Type.h:4866
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4629
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4320
Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const
Returns gc attribute of this type.
Definition: Type.h:6010
const internal::VariadicAllOfMatcher< Decl > decl
Matches declarations.
ObjCSubstitutionContext
The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into.
Definition: Type.h:624
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2285
bool isSignedInteger() const
Definition: Type.h:2291
bool isNullPtrType() const
Definition: Type.h:6365
bool hasFastQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:402
unsigned getFastQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:403
ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &O)
Definition: Type.h:3566
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3902
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const
Definition: Type.h:1058
#define bool
Definition: stdbool.h:31
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2960
ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const
Definition: Type.h:343
void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask)
Definition: Type.h:408
bool isObjCClassType() const
Definition: Type.h:6245
bool canDecayToPointerType() const
Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type.
Definition: Type.h:6471
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2463
bool isSugared() const
Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
Definition: Type.h:4984
QualType getBaseType() const
Definition: Type.h:4080
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4390
bool isObjCIdType() const
True if this is equivalent to the &#39;id&#39; type, i.e.
Definition: Type.h:5673
bool isAnyComplexType() const
Definition: Type.h:6194
const IdentifierInfo * getIdentifier() const
Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier.
Definition: Type.h:5046
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4045
ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
Definition: Type.h:2690
Represents a C++ template name within the type system.
Definition: TemplateName.h:178
Represents the type decltype(expr) (C++11).
Definition: Type.h:4011
void removeLocalConst()
Definition: Type.h:5983
void removeLocalVolatile()
Definition: Type.h:5991
void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, ArrayRef< TemplateArgument > Args, const PrintingPolicy &Policy)
Print a template argument list, including the &#39;<&#39; and &#39;>&#39; enclosing the template arguments.
int Depth
Definition: ASTDiff.cpp:191
ObjCProtocolDecl * getProtocol(unsigned I) const
Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type.
Definition: Type.h:5752
const AstTypeMatcher< ArrayType > arrayType
Matches all kinds of arrays.
AutoType * getContainedAutoType() const
Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with an initializer of this type...
Definition: Type.h:2043
A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split into its local qualifiers and its local...
Definition: Type.h:594
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:3128
static Optional< NullabilityKind > stripOuterNullability(QualType &T)
Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given type, if it&#39;s there.
Definition: Type.cpp:3850
The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified with the ARC __weak qualifier...
Definition: Type.h:1106
A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another.
Definition: Type.h:4054
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2569
Qualifiers Quals
The local qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:599
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5051
void setAddressSpace(LangAS space)
Definition: Type.h:389
bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const
Definition: Type.h:5428
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2774
ScalarTypeKind
Definition: Type.h:1925
A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword.
Definition: Type.h:4894
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4443
SourceLocation getEnd() const
Represents a GCC generic vector type.
Definition: Type.h:3024
ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const
Definition: Type.h:2705
An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
Definition: Type.h:2576
UTTKind getUTTKind() const
Definition: Type.h:4082
unsigned getNumProtocols() const
Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type.
Definition: Type.h:5747
Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by placeholder type deduction: C++11 a...
Definition: Type.h:4522
const Type * getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const
Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:6484
const BuiltinType * getAsPlaceholderType() const
Definition: Type.h:6320
bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const
Definition: Type.h:372
ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator qual_iterator
An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type.
Definition: Type.h:5731
The result type of a method or function.
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5218
void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask)
Definition: Type.h:5995
ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck)
Definition: Type.h:3264
QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:883
bool isObjCClass() const
Definition: Type.h:5424
bool isNull() const
Return true if this QualType doesn&#39;t point to a type yet.
Definition: Type.h:720
bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *ED)
Check if the given decl is complete.
Definition: Decl.h:4321
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5571
static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data)
Definition: Type.h:3513
void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask)
Definition: Type.h:298
static StringRef getIdentifier(const Token &Tok)
__UINTPTR_TYPE__ uintptr_t
An unsigned integer type with the property that any valid pointer to void can be converted to this ty...
Definition: opencl-c.h:82
CallingConv
CallingConv - Specifies the calling convention that a function uses.
Definition: Specifiers.h:236
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4101
Expr * getUnderlyingExpr() const
Definition: Type.h:3950
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const
Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers applied to this type.
Definition: Type.h:5922
bool isSignedFixedPointType() const
Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169...
Definition: Type.h:6407
ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const
Definition: Type.h:3307
bool isConstQualified() const
Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
Definition: Type.h:5948
bool hasTrailingReturn() const
Definition: Type.h:3784
bool hasQualifiers() const
Return true if the set contains any qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:430
SplitQualType split() const
Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:5897
RecordDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Type.h:4145
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee)
Definition: Type.h:2519
noexcept(expression), evals to &#39;false&#39;
llvm::iterator_range< qual_iterator > qual_range
Definition: Type.h:5253
static void * getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P)
Definition: Type.h:87
bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const
Definition: Type.h:3300
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:3409
ArrayRef< QualType > getTypeArgsAsWritten() const
Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
Definition: Type.h:5724
CanThrowResult
Possible results from evaluation of a noexcept expression.
static void * getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P)
Definition: Type.h:1268
bool isComputedNoexcept(ExceptionSpecificationType ESpecType)
There is no lifetime qualification on this type.
Definition: Type.h:171
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, ExtInfo Info)
Definition: Type.h:3416
void setNumProtocols(unsigned N)
Definition: Type.h:5238
is AltiVec &#39;vector Pixel&#39;
Definition: Type.h:3034
#define false
Definition: stdbool.h:33
The "struct" keyword.
Definition: Type.h:4849
Assigning into this object requires the old value to be released and the new value to be retained...
Definition: Type.h:182
Kind
QualType getCanonicalType() const
Definition: Type.h:5928
bool isBuiltinType() const
Helper methods to distinguish type categories.
Definition: Type.h:6182
not a target-specific vector type
Definition: Type.h:3028
ExceptionSpecificationType Type
The kind of exception specification this is.
Definition: Type.h:3529
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4030
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5835
param_type_range param_types() const
Definition: Type.h:3796
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3937
ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const
Definition: Type.h:3843
ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const
Definition: Type.h:4906
ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const
Definition: Type.h:3679
bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const
Definition: Type.h:3195
void setVolatile(bool flag)
Definition: Type.h:279
const ExtParameterInfo * ExtParameterInfos
Definition: Type.h:3558
Encodes a location in the source.
ObjCInterfaceDecl * getDecl() const
Get the declaration of this interface.
Definition: Type.h:5568
void addVolatile()
Add the volatile type qualifier to this QualType.
Definition: Type.h:832
Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types.
Definition: Type.h:2363
QualType getAdjustedType() const
Definition: Type.h:2458
QualType getReturnType() const
Definition: Type.h:3365
A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast to detect TagType objects of enums...
Definition: Type.h:4161
bool qual_empty() const
Definition: Type.h:5744
bool isMemberDataPointer() const
Returns true if the member type (i.e.
Definition: Type.h:2642
LangAS getAddressSpace() const
Return the address space of this type.
Definition: Type.h:6005
QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const
Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from the type.
Definition: Type.h:968
Represents typeof(type), a GCC extension.
Definition: Type.h:3984
Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design.
Definition: Type.h:5555
bool isVariablyModifiedType() const
Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
Definition: Type.h:1958
static inline ::clang::ExtQuals * getFromVoidPointer(void *P)
Definition: Type.h:89
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const
True if this is equivalent to &#39;Class.
Definition: Type.h:5696
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2472
bool hasObjCGCAttr() const
Definition: Type.h:1349
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2662
Represents the declaration of a struct/union/class/enum.
Definition: Decl.h:3020
static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K)
Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type.
Definition: Type.h:2304
CallingConv getCC() const
Definition: Type.h:3295
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2917
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2760
QualType getElementType() const
Definition: Type.h:3059
static QualType getUnderlyingType(const SubRegion *R)
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T)
Definition: Type.h:5776
Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent.
Definition: Type.h:3101
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2962
unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const
Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers local to this particular QualType instan...
Definition: Type.h:782
bool isRestrict() const
Definition: Type.h:3379
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5756
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4076
void initialize(ArrayRef< ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols)
Definition: Type.h:5242
bool hasExceptionSpec() const
Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec.
Definition: Type.h:3708
bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const
Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the purpose of GC&#39;ability.
Definition: Type.h:6480
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4838
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4173
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4445
Represents a C++ nested name specifier, such as "\::std::vector<int>::".
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const Type *BaseType, Qualifiers Quals)
Definition: Type.h:1367
No ref-qualifier was provided.
Definition: Type.h:1381
bool isConsumed() const
Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? Consumed parameters must have retainable ...
Definition: Type.h:3477
bool isParameterPack() const
Definition: Type.h:4381
const TemplateTypeParmType * getReplacedParameter() const
Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
Definition: Type.h:4494
QualType getEquivalentType() const
Definition: Type.h:4265
Expr * getNoexceptExpr() const
Definition: Type.h:3734
CanQual< Type > CanQualType
Represents a canonical, potentially-qualified type.
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: TemplateName.h:305
AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1629
bool hasRestrict() const
Definition: Type.h:285
QualType getInnerType() const
Definition: Type.h:2376
Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const
Definition: Type.h:336
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Deduced, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent)
Definition: Type.h:4585
ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST)
Definition: Type.h:3547
bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6148
bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6210
bool isAnyPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6117
is AltiVec &#39;vector bool ...&#39;
Definition: Type.h:3037
RefQualifierKind
The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type.
Definition: Type.h:1379
SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const
Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little sugar as possible.
Definition: Type.h:5976
NestedNameSpecifier * getQualifier() const
Retrieve the qualification on this type.
Definition: Type.h:4975
bool isFunctionProtoType() const
Definition: Type.h:1827
DestructionKind isDestructedType() const
Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require non-trivial work to clean up after...
Definition: Type.h:1173
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4267
is AltiVec vector
Definition: Type.h:3031
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4156
AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const
Definition: Type.h:4577
bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(const PointerType &other) const
Returns true if address spaces of pointers overlap.
Definition: Type.h:2416
Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:2709
TypeClass getTypeClass() const
Definition: Type.h:1691
Qualifiers & operator-=(Qualifiers R)
Definition: Type.h:554
ArrayRef< TemplateArgument > template_arguments() const
Definition: Type.h:5115
QualType getSuperClassType() const
Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type.
Definition: Type.h:5483
friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs)
Definition: Type.h:3522
bool isTargetAddressSpace(LangAS AS)
Definition: AddressSpaces.h:58
static bool isVectorSizeTooLarge(unsigned NumElements)
Definition: Type.h:3062
EnumDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Type.h:4168
const char * getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const
Definition: Type.h:2277
bool isVectorType() const
Definition: Type.h:6198
__DEVICE__ void * memcpy(void *__a, const void *__b, size_t __c)
An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (&&).
Definition: Type.h:1387
SourceRange getBracketsRange() const
Definition: Type.h:2910
void removeObjCGCAttr()
Definition: Type.h:326
void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs)
Definition: Type.h:851
Optional< unsigned > getNumExpansions() const
Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will generate, if known.
Definition: Type.h:5196
static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr)
Definition: Type.h:702
void setVariablyModified(bool VM=true)
Definition: Type.h:1678
bool isCanonical() const
Definition: Type.h:5933
ParameterABI
Kinds of parameter ABI.
Definition: Specifiers.h:308
bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const
Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have added "volatile" at a different level.
Definition: Type.h:747
bool isInstantiationDependentType() const
Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, meaning that the type involves a temp...
Definition: Type.h:1948
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:5772
bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const
Definition: Type.h:6303
ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const
Get the kind of exception specification on this function.
Definition: Type.h:3703
Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type.
Definition: Type.h:2478
The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified with the ARC __weak qualifier...
Definition: Type.h:1137
The injected class name of a C++ class template or class template partial specialization.
Definition: Type.h:4794
exception_iterator exception_begin() const
Definition: Type.h:3814
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition: Type.h:2956
Represents a pack expansion of types.
Definition: Type.h:5165
Defines various enumerations that describe declaration and type specifiers.
bool isPlaceholderType() const
Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but is instead used as a placehol...
Definition: Type.h:6314
bool isObjCGCWeak() const
true when Type is objc&#39;s weak.
Definition: Type.h:1069
Base class for declarations which introduce a typedef-name.
Definition: Decl.h:2872
QualType withVolatile() const
Definition: Type.h:835
friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b)
Definition: Type.h:614
Represents a template argument.
Definition: TemplateBase.h:51
bool isDeduced() const
Definition: Type.h:4551
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4175
Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic engine for arbitrary reasons...
Definition: Type.h:2441
bool isPipeType() const
Definition: Type.h:6294
QualType withRestrict() const
Definition: Type.h:843
TagTypeKind
The kind of a tag type.
Definition: Type.h:4847
bool isObjCId() const
Definition: Type.h:5420
GC getObjCGCAttr() const
Definition: Type.h:322
StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder=Twine(), unsigned Indentation=0) const
Definition: Type.h:1048
Dataflow Directional Tag Classes.
bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const
Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169...
Definition: Type.h:6403
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2460
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const
Definition: Type.h:2855
bool isFloat16Type() const
Definition: Type.h:6353
ExtInfo getExtInfo() const
Definition: Type.h:3376
bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const
True if this is equivalent to the &#39;id&#39; or &#39;Class&#39; type,.
Definition: Type.h:5684
not evaluated yet, for special member function
A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:5856
NestedNameSpecifier * getQualifier() const
Definition: Type.h:5102
DeclContext - This is used only as base class of specific decl types that can act as declaration cont...
Definition: DeclBase.h:1264
void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP=true)
Definition: Type.h:1680
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3422
TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits
Definition: Type.h:1635
ArrayRef< QualType > getTypeArgs() const
Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
Definition: Type.h:5719
void removeLocalFastQualifiers()
Definition: Type.h:862
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4508
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3958
const TemplateArgument * getArgs() const
Retrieve the template arguments.
Definition: Type.h:5106
bool isObjCClassType() const
True if this is equivalent to the &#39;Class&#39; type, i.e.
Definition: Type.h:5679
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5757
Reads an AST files chain containing the contents of a translation unit.
Definition: ASTReader.h:354
TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can)
Definition: Type.h:3922
bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const
Definition: Type.h:6206
StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation)
Definition: Type.h:1036
bool hasLocalQualifiers() const
Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any qualifiers, without looking through any t...
Definition: Type.h:757
QualType getUnderlyingType() const
Definition: Type.h:4022
const Type * getBaseType() const
Definition: Type.h:1360
Represents a dependent using declaration which was marked with typename.
Definition: DeclCXX.h:3675
void setConst(bool flag)
Definition: Type.h:272
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3004
Represents the declaration of an Objective-C type parameter.
Definition: DeclObjC.h:578
VectorKind getVectorKind() const
Definition: Type.h:3069
ArrayRef< QualType > exceptions() const
Definition: Type.h:3810
static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, const PrintingPolicy &Policy)
Definition: Type.h:988
The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
Definition: Type.h:4874
bool isBooleanType() const
Definition: Type.h:6453
const Type * strip(QualType type)
Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an unqualified type.
Definition: Type.h:5863
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:3010
const ObjCObjectType * getObjectType() const
Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.
Definition: Type.h:5652
The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
Definition: Type.h:4877
friend raw_ostream & operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT)
Definition: Type.h:1041
ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1634
Represents an enum.
Definition: Decl.h:3313
FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t)
Definition: Type.h:6014
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2558
QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals)
Definition: Type.h:680
A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
Definition: Type.h:2612
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5496
QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const
Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of this type.
Definition: Type.h:3383
bool hasObjCLifetime() const
Definition: Type.h:342
SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const
Definition: Type.h:5882
void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask)
Definition: Type.h:294
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New)
Definition: Type.h:2467
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, Optional< unsigned > NumExpansions)
Definition: Type.h:5210
const TemplateTypeParmType * getReplacedParameter() const
Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
Definition: Type.h:4432
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2585
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4392
bool isUndeducedType() const
Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that it somehow involves a C++11 &#39;auto&#39; typ...
Definition: Type.h:6459
const Expr * Replacement
Definition: ParsedAttr.h:67
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const
Definition: Type.h:1353
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3006
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const
Definition: Type.h:572
void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs)
Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that they don&#39;t conflict.
Definition: Type.h:469
bool hasCVRQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:292
bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const
Definition: Type.h:5430
void addConst()
Definition: Type.h:276
QualType getUnderlyingType() const
Definition: Type.h:4079
void removeCVRQualifiers()
Definition: Type.h:302
QualType getModifiedType() const
Definition: Type.h:4264
iterator begin() const
Definition: Type.h:4720
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead)
Definition: Type.h:5843
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4172
Represents a pointer to an Objective C object.
Definition: Type.h:5611
Pointer to a block type.
Definition: Type.h:2495
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, UTTKind UKind)
Definition: Type.h:4105
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4405
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const
Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as written, meaning that it has no type argumen...
Definition: Type.h:5459
FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1632
bool isIncompleteArrayType() const
Definition: Type.h:6170
FunctionDecl * SourceTemplate
The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated from, for EST_Uninstantiated...
Definition: Type.h:3543
A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/cl...
Definition: Type.h:4135
Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11.
Definition: Type.h:2333
unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:2713
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3870
unsigned getNumArgs() const
Retrieve the number of template arguments.
Definition: Type.h:4732
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2359
bool isObjCQualifiedId() const
Definition: Type.h:5437
static bool classof(const OMPClause *T)
bool empty() const
Definition: Type.h:431
ObjCInterfaceDecl * getInterfaceDecl() const
If this pointer points to an Objective @interface type, gets the declaration for that interface...
Definition: Type.h:5667
QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const
Definition: Type.h:2214
AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1630
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4331
bool isReserveIDT() const
Definition: Type.h:6283
bool isIntegerType() const
isIntegerType() does not include complex integers (a GCC extension).
Definition: Type.h:6374
bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const
Definition: Type.h:1083
void addRestrict()
Definition: Type.h:290
bool isFromAST() const
Whether this type comes from an AST file.
Definition: Type.h:1694
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2800
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2604
const llvm::APInt & getSize() const
Definition: Type.h:2746
bool isImageType() const
Definition: Type.h:6287
Kind getAttrKind() const
Definition: Type.h:4260
bool isAtomicType() const
Definition: Type.h:6223
bool isFunctionType() const
Definition: Type.h:6109
bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const
Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals node to be allocated...
Definition: Type.h:422
bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const
Returns true if this address space is a superset of the other one.
Definition: Type.h:486
VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1636
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const
Definition: Type.h:6227
std::integral_constant< bool, std::is_same< T, ArrayType >::value||std::is_base_of< ArrayType, T >::value > TypeIsArrayType
Definition: Type.h:6523
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5064
llvm::iterator_range< qual_iterator > qual_range
Definition: Type.h:5732
ExtVectorType - Extended vector type.
Definition: Type.h:3143
bool isInteger() const
Definition: Type.h:2287
Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType.
Definition: Type.h:2529
SourceRange getBracketsRange() const
Definition: Type.h:2853
friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs)
Definition: Type.h:3519
bool isVolatile() const
Definition: Type.h:3378
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4839
qual_range quals() const
Definition: Type.h:5734
ExceptionSpecificationType
The various types of exception specifications that exist in C++11.
QualType getUnderlyingType() const
Definition: Type.h:3999
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5848
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4758
Implements a partial diagnostic that can be emitted anwyhere in a DiagnosticBuilder stream...
The "class" keyword.
Definition: Type.h:4858
bool isConstantArrayType() const
Definition: Type.h:6166
QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const
Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the specified result type...
Definition: Type.cpp:2804
static clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P)
Definition: Type.h:1272
const Type * getTypePtrOrNull() const
Definition: Type.h:5893
bool isObjectType() const
Determine whether this type is an object type.
Definition: Type.h:1746
ArrayRef< QualType > Exceptions
Explicitly-specified list of exception types.
Definition: Type.h:3532
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:3864
ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const
Definition: Type.h:3493
bool isObjCObjectType() const
Definition: Type.h:6214
bool hasObjCGCAttr() const
Definition: Type.h:321
The type-property cache.
Definition: Type.cpp:3464
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3202
bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const
Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec.
Definition: Type.h:3718
QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const
Definition: Type.h:847
bool isLValueReferenceType() const
Definition: Type.h:6129
VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const
Definition: Type.h:3117
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5802
TypedefNameDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Type.h:3932
TypeBitfields TypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1627
Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call.
Definition: Type.h:185
bool isQueueT() const
Definition: Type.h:6279
Expr * NoexceptExpr
Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification.
Definition: Type.h:3535
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2378
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, const Type *Class)
Definition: Type.h:2656
unsigned getDepth() const
Definition: Type.h:4379
An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied.
Definition: Type.h:4190
QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const
Definition: Type.h:3670
Represents a type parameter type in Objective C.
Definition: Type.h:5281
bool isCanonicalAsParam() const
Definition: Type.h:5937
CallingConv getCallConv() const
Definition: Type.h:3375
Defines the clang::SourceLocation class and associated facilities.
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4618
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2858
QualType getAliasedType() const
Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias template.
Definition: Type.h:4713
QualType getUnqualifiedType() const
Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little sugar as possible.
Definition: Type.h:5969
bool hasUnaligned() const
Definition: Type.h:314
Represents a C++ struct/union/class.
Definition: DeclCXX.h:302
void removeLocalRestrict()
Definition: Type.h:5987
Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be resolved, e.g. ...
Definition: Type.h:5072
ArrayRef< TemplateArgument > template_arguments() const
Definition: Type.h:4738
bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const
Returns true if the member type (i.e.
Definition: Type.h:2636
bool isLocalConstQualified() const
Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have added "const" at a different level.
Definition: Type.h:727
bool isVoidType() const
Definition: Type.h:6340
bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const
Definition: Type.h:1087
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5203
qual_iterator qual_end() const
Definition: Type.h:5740
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4456
Represents a C array with an unspecified size.
Definition: Type.h:2782
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2915
SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs)
Definition: Type.h:602
void removeFastQualifiers()
Definition: Type.h:412
static inline ::clang::Type * getFromVoidPointer(void *P)
Definition: Type.h:78
Qualifiers getQualifiers() const
Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type.
Definition: Type.h:5916
The parameter type of a method or function.
QualType getNamedType() const
Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
Definition: Type.h:4978
DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, bool IsDependent, bool IsInstantiationDependent, bool ContainsParameterPack)
Definition: Type.h:4524
QualType getReplacementType() const
Gets the type that was substituted for the template parameter.
Definition: Type.h:4438
bool isSamplerT() const
Definition: Type.h:6267
The "enum" keyword.
Definition: Type.h:4861
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:3975
qual_iterator qual_begin() const
Definition: Type.h:5736
unsigned kind
All of the diagnostics that can be emitted by the frontend.
Definition: DiagnosticIDs.h:61
This class is used for builtin types like &#39;int&#39;.
Definition: Type.h:2250
Writes an AST file containing the contents of a translation unit.
Definition: ASTWriter.h:103
unsigned getRegParmType() const
Definition: Type.h:3368
static bool isCharType(QualType T)
bool qual_empty() const
Definition: Type.h:5259
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:3906
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4007
Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:423
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2650
bool isVisibilityExplicit() const
Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code.
Definition: Type.h:2165
void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask)
Definition: Type.h:863
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:293
static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR)
Definition: Type.h:247
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const
Definition: Type.h:2911
bool hasVolatile() const
Definition: Type.h:278
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4153
static Decl::Kind getKind(const Decl *D)
Definition: DeclBase.cpp:930
unsigned getNumElements() const
Definition: Type.h:3060
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5204
bool isFundamentalType() const
Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type.
Definition: Type.h:6077
bool isReadOnly() const
Definition: Type.h:5852
bool isDependentType() const
Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition somehow depends on a template para...
Definition: Type.h:1942
Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space value is dependent...
Definition: Type.h:2942
Represents a type template specialization; the template must be a class template, a type alias templa...
Definition: Type.h:4654
bool isPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6113
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element)
Definition: Type.h:2355
unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const
Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics.
Definition: Type.h:376
void addAddressSpace(LangAS space)
Definition: Type.h:395
RecordType(const RecordDecl *D)
Definition: Type.h:4139
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals)
Definition: Type.h:2805
static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val)
Definition: Type.h:1260
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3122
We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a type pointer, but there are many more type qualifi...
Definition: Type.h:1316
#define true
Definition: stdbool.h:32
ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const
Definition: Type.h:3469
BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1631
static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c)
Definition: Type.h:3160
A trivial tuple used to represent a source range.
This represents a decl that may have a name.
Definition: Decl.h:248
void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask)
Definition: Type.h:415
bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const
Definition: Type.h:6298
FunctionDecl * getExceptionSpecTemplate() const
If this function type has an uninstantiated exception specification, this is the function whose excep...
Definition: Type.h:3756
Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an integer-constant-expression.
Definition: Type.h:2827
No keyword precedes the qualified type name.
Definition: Type.h:4887
bool isConstant(const ASTContext &Ctx) const
Definition: Type.h:790
static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor)
Definition: Type.h:3188
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const
Definition: Type.h:2957
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:5805
QualType getElementType() const
Definition: Type.h:3115
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context)
Definition: Type.h:5127
const ExtParameterInfo * getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const
Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter information, if present...
Definition: Type.h:3837
bool isFunctionPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6137
friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b)
Definition: Type.h:611
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D)
Definition: Type.h:3910
void removeAddressSpace()
Definition: Type.h:394
SourceLocation getBegin() const
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4154
QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs=Qualifiers())
Definition: Type.h:5858
bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const
Definition: Type.h:538
The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
Definition: Type.h:4871
Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size.
Definition: Type.h:2728
ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec
Definition: Type.h:3557
bool isUnsignedInteger() const
Definition: Type.h:2295
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5498
ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const
Definition: Type.h:3335
A class which abstracts out some details necessary for making a call.
Definition: Type.h:3236
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4268
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3204
bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const
Return true if this is an incomplete or object type, in other words, not a function type...
Definition: Type.h:1741
bool hasSizedVLAType() const
Whether this type involves a variable-length array type with a definite size.
Definition: Type.cpp:3981
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl)
Definition: Type.h:4396
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition: Type.h:2632
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4581
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5313
noexcept(expression), evals to &#39;true&#39;
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:3066
const IdentifierInfo * getIdentifier() const
Definition: Type.h:5103
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const
Returns lifetime attribute of this type.
Definition: Type.h:1079
param_type_iterator param_type_end() const
Definition: Type.h:3804
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent)
Definition: Type.h:4622
bool isCompoundType() const
Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type.
Definition: Type.h:6087
QualType getPointeeType() const
Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.
Definition: Type.h:5627
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2747